CN103370203B - Box and printing material supply system - Google Patents

Box and printing material supply system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN103370203B
CN103370203B CN201280003040.0A CN201280003040A CN103370203B CN 103370203 B CN103370203 B CN 103370203B CN 201280003040 A CN201280003040 A CN 201280003040A CN 103370203 B CN103370203 B CN 103370203B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
box
terminal
axis
equipment side
equipment
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
CN201280003040.0A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN103370203A (en
Inventor
儿玉秀俊
野泽泉
水谷忠弘
松崎俊
松崎一俊
原田和政
中田聪
河田秀峰
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Seiko Epson Corp
Original Assignee
Seiko Epson Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/JP2012/001395 external-priority patent/WO2013105142A1/en
Priority claimed from US13/410,478 external-priority patent/US8297739B1/en
Priority claimed from JP2012189836A external-priority patent/JP2013163364A/en
Application filed by Seiko Epson Corp filed Critical Seiko Epson Corp
Priority to CN201610630627.4A priority Critical patent/CN106240160B/en
Priority to CN201510102395.0A priority patent/CN104723691B/en
Publication of CN103370203A publication Critical patent/CN103370203A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN103370203B publication Critical patent/CN103370203B/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/1752Mounting within the printer
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G15/00Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern
    • G03G15/06Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing
    • G03G15/08Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer
    • G03G15/0822Arrangements for preparing, mixing, supplying or dispensing developer
    • G03G15/0865Arrangements for supplying new developer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17506Refilling of the cartridge
    • B41J2/17509Whilst mounted in the printer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17526Electrical contacts to the cartridge
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17526Electrical contacts to the cartridge
    • B41J2/1753Details of contacts on the cartridge, e.g. protection of contacts
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17543Cartridge presence detection or type identification
    • B41J2/17546Cartridge presence detection or type identification electronically
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17553Outer structure
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G2221/00Processes not provided for by group G03G2215/00, e.g. cleaning or residual charge elimination
    • G03G2221/16Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts
    • G03G2221/1678Frame structures
    • G03G2221/1684Frame structures using extractable subframes, e.g. on rails or hinges

Abstract

A kind of box (20) includes ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210).Terminal support structure (408) has the terminal (400) being arranged in terminal plane, the contact portion making terminal (400) receives along the power with installation direction rightabout (RD), and terminal plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane limited by the installation direction leading edge of ink feed structure (280).The bonding part of the first restricted part (210) is arranged on the position neighbouring with terminal support structure (408).

Description

Box and printing material supply system
Cross-Reference to Related Applications
nullThis application requires the priority of following patent application,By quoting, all of which is combined in here: the Japanese patent application No.2012-003694 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits、The Japanese patent application No.2012-003698 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits、The Japanese patent application No.2012-003653 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits、The Japanese patent application No.2012-003652 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits、The Japanese patent application No.2012-189836 that on August 30th, 2012 submits、The U.S. Patent application No.13/410461 that on March 2nd, 2012 submits、The U.S. Patent application No.13/410478 that on March 2nd, 2012 submits、U.S. Patent application No.13/410528 that on March 2nd, 2012 submits and PCT Patent Application No.PCT/JP2012/001395 submitted on March 1st, 2012.
Technical field
The present invention relates to box, box and the combination of printing equipment (or one part) and/or include the printing material supply system of box and printing equipment.
Background technology
Have been proposed for various mechanism box is installed to printing equipment or unloads from it.The example of these mechanisms is disclosed in following file: the open No.2005/0151811 of United States Patent (USP) (it corresponds to JP-A-2007-230249), United States Patent (USP) No.7,008,053 (it corresponds to JP-A-2005-022345), United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 (it corresponds to JP-A-2002-019142), United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, United States Patent (USP) 6,074,042 and United States Patent (USP) No.7,018,030.
Summary of the invention
Technical problem
U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811 discloses has deadlock lever 3 and the box of electric contact terminal liner 102.Bar 3 includes the anchor portion 6 for engaging with printing machine.This anchor portion 6 is arranged remotely from contact pad designed 102.Because anchor portion 6 is away from box terminal, accurately and stably provide limited contribution for box terminal relative to the location of each printing terminal so being only capable of with the joint of printing machine.
Additionally, the bar 3 in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811 needs long enough, can be by user's close proximity with arrival so that user can operate on it.This bar 3 also sidewall away from box distally stretches out.This big bar causes the printing machine size that bigger box, bigger box also cause box to be mounted thereto and be detached from bigger, and causes the packaging volume for transporting and sell box big, this then add the cost of transport and parts.
Equally, the box structure that anchor portion 6 is connected to box side terminal includes the flexible portion of bar 3.Although anchor portion 6 can be securely engaged with printing machine, but the vibration produced during printing operation may be delivered to box terminal by the flexible portion of bar 3, and therefore may affect the box terminal location relative to printing terminal.Worrying this point especially for balladeur train above formula print cartridge (such as those print cartridges disclosed in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811), because they are installed on the balladeur train of printing machine, and print head is installed on this balladeur train.In balladeur train above formula printing machine, balladeur train during printing operation by particles on printed medium.In addition to other vibrations produced during printing, the print cartridge in balladeur train is also subject to great acceleration when changing scanning direction every time.
Bar in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811 forms with box, and resiliently flexible.Utilizing this structure, the material for manufacturing box is limited to such material: it has a sufficient mouldability for manufacturing this structure, and also has and can deform required sufficiently flexibility and durability for bar engaging and unload period with printing machine.
Bar can be plastically deformed under user operation.This of bar is plastically deformed the position mispairing that may cause between box side terminal and printing machine side terminal, and this may cause the electrical connectivity of difference.The deformation of prestige property also reduces the durability of bar.Equally, special measure (as in United States Patent (USP) No.7, those disclosed in 018,030) is needed to take during the encapsulation of box to carry out the creep (particularly when box is packaged into Vacuum Package) while box is packed of anti-stopping bar.
United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 discloses a kind of box without any memory or electric terminal.Because such box need not electrically connect with printing machine, needed for need not to include the stable position of keeping box terminal and printing machine terminal and the structure being directed at or structure.
Additionally, box is by arranging that blocking mechanism 132 (in United States Patent (USP) No.6, disclosed in Fig. 9 of 276,780 to 16) on the printer is installed to printing machine.The locking inclined-plane, box side 220 engaged with blocking mechanism 132 along the direction that box is removed from printing machine away from the pivotal axis of blocking mechanism 132.Therefore, when elastic component 156 or compression stress seal 152 along the direction that box is removed from printing machine (by United States Patent (USP) No.6,276, arrow X in Figure 12 of 780 represents) when box applies power, this power can be easily converted to and release the power keeping part 134 with the joint on box locking inclined-plane 220 so that box may separate with printing machine during printing machine uses.Because in United States Patent (USP) No.6,276, joint construction disclosed in 780 has the potential risk that box separates from printing machine, so it is not suitable for for the structure disclosed in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811, this structure needs suitably contacting between box terminal with printing machine terminal.Additionally, contacting power along being laterally applied to box from the terminal of printing machine between box and printing machine terminal in structure in U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811 so that box may be along transverse shifting.United States Patent (USP) No.6, the blocking mechanism 132 of 276,780 is not suitable for the box of U.S. Publication file No.2005/0151811, at least due to following reason: it can not mate with the transverse shifting of box so that blocking mechanism 132 departs from from box.
United States Patent (USP) 6,074,042 discloses the print cartridge with electric contact 54.As shown in its accompanying drawing 12A to Figure 13 B, electric contact 54 is at the leading edge being installed on the direction of printing machine by box.Utilize this structure, when box is installed in printing machine, the electric contact of box 54 with the electric contact 104 of the spring of printing machine biasing smooth against.The metal oxide of outer surface, oil or other non-conducting material at metal electrical contacts 54 may be sandwiched between the conducting metal of box and printing machine electric contact, may affect the electric connection between box and printing machine.
United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 such as disclose the box 1 with storage device 7 in its Fig. 2 a to Fig. 2 d, and this storage device has electrode 7a.The direction that electrode 7a is arranged as inserting printing machine with box is substantially parallel.By this structure, printer electrodes 106 is slided along the surface of circuit board (defining electrode 7a on it) long distance.The surface of circuit board is generally covered by electric insulation resin material.When printer electrodes 106 swipes printed circuit board (PCB), they may damage this insulant so that the fragment of insulant peels off from printed circuit board (PCB).This insulant fragment may be stuck between printer electrodes 106 and box electrode 7a, and becomes the poor or reason of the most unreliable ground electric connection caused between printing machine and box.
Such as United States Patent (USP) 6, shown in Fig. 5 to Fig. 6 B of 955,422, printing machine has leaf spring 103, it applies exerting pressure of the surface against printer electrodes 106 pressing storage device 7 when box is installed in printing machine, and is moved up by box 1 when box pulls out from printing machine.
United States Patent (USP) No.7,008,053 discloses the elastic component 40 arranged on the printer in Figure 5.When box is fully attached in printing machine, the lower end 40a of elastic component 40 located at the top of electrode 14 against flat surfaces 12a on its of ledge 12.Between lower end 40b and flat surfaces 12a against limiting moving up of ledge 12.But, United States Patent (USP) No.7, the structure of 008,053 does not include positioning, for limiting the device that ledge 12 moves down near ledge 12.Therefore, ledge 12 is the most freely vertical vibrating during printing machine operates, and therefore electrode may be with printing machine terminal mispairing or disconnect.
In the case of there are the various mechanisms for installing and unload, need to reduce the overall size of printing machine, to obtain more preferably usability and the convenience of installation.In order to reduce the size of printing machine, it is generally necessary to reduce a large amount of assemblies and the size of related elements forming printing machine.Box that these assemblies and related elements include being installed to printing machine and the box mounting structure for mounting box.
In order to improve the use of printing machine, the information (such as, about the information of surplus of printing material) about the printing material being contained in box is shown generally on the monitor of printing machine.The box being installed to this printing machine is generally of circuit board, and this circuit board has the memory for storing the information about printing material.Circuit board has for will send information to printing machine or receiving from it the terminal (box side terminal) of information.Information about printing material is transmitted with the contacting of terminal (equipment side terminal) on printing machine by these box side terminals between memory and the controller of printing machine.It is therefore desirable to stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
As described above, there is not yet and meet the known mechanisms of these requirements in fully acceptable mode.
This problem is not limited to accommodate the box of ink for printing, generally can also be at any printing equipment and/or be configured to provide or discharge the box of other printing materials various (such as, ink powder) of such as ink.
It is desirable, therefore, to assure that stable between box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.It is also required to obtain reduced size of box, printing machine and includes being installed to the printing machine material supply system of box of printing machine.
The solution of problem
In order to more suitably realize at least some of of foregoing teachings, the invention provides following various aspects and embodiment.
First aspect:
A kind of box being releasably attached to printing equipment, printing equipment includes: box mounting structure, and it is configured to have: (i) equipment side diapire component;(ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it may be located at the front portion of box mounting structure and is set to intersect with equipment side diapire component;And (iii) second equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire component and relative with the first equipment side side wall member.Equipment can also include printing material supply pipe, and it is configured to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on equipment side diapire component, and the printing material that outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be configured to will be received in box is supplied to the end.Equipment can also include multiple equipment side terminal, and it is arranged on office, equipment side corner, and equipment side diapire component and first (anterior) equipment side side wall member intersect in this place.Equipment can also include bar, and it is rotatably provided in first (anterior) equipment side side wall member, to be used for box being installed to printing equipment or unloading from it.Here, Z axis represents the axle parallel with the center line C of printing material supply pipe, and X-axis represents arranges printing material supply pipe and equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with Z axis along it, and Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis.+ Z-direction represents the direction held to the periphery along Z axis from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe, and it can be upward direction.-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary.+ X-direction represents along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal, and it can be forward direction.-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary.+ Y direction represents along Y direction to the direction of one end, and it can be lateral, and-Y direction represents along Y direction to the direction of the other end.Equipment can also be configured under box is installed to the installment state of box mounting structure, and equipment side terminal contacts with box, with by power along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to box.Bar can have at+Z-direction end (it can be top) control member and at-Z-direction end first equipment side of (it can be bottom) limit element, box to be carried out locking thus constrained box motion in+Z-direction.Bar may be constructed such that the ad-hoc location being wound between control member and the first equipment side restriction element rotates as rotary shaft.Here, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis correspond to the X-axis of box, Y-axis and Z axis relative to the box being under installment state.Box may include that be positioned at-Z-direction side on first and be positioned at+Z-direction side on second, the two face is the most relative to each other;Be positioned at+X-direction side on the 3rd and be positioned at-X-direction side on fourth face, the two face toward each other and intersects with first and second in the X-axis direction;Angle part, it is arranged as being connected first with the 3rd;Chamfered surface, the specific direction of its part being arranged to form angle part and to including+X-direction composition and-Z-direction composition tilts.Printing material Supply Structure can be set on the first face, to be connected with printing material supply pipe.Multiple box side terminals can be configured so that corresponding with each equipment side terminal and are positioned on chamfered surface, with from equipment side terminal reception along including+power of the specific direction of Z-direction composition.Due to the inclined-plane at contact area, power can also have-X-direction composition.Box can also include the first box side restricted part, and it is configured to be limited element locking and thus constrained box motion in+Z-direction by the first equipment side.
One or both in two features can having in following two embodiment constructed above.In one embodiment, supplementary features are the specific location close to the 3rd cross section intersected with chamfered surface that the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the 3rd.In another embodiment, box side terminal includes: the first terminal, it includes being positioned at+and Y direction end first outside;And second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, and wherein, the first box side restricted part is not the most located at that first is outside and outside scope between the second outside, and within the scope of this.
Box according to the first aspect of the invention has the first box side restricted part that the bar with printing equipment engages.Because bar does not manufactures integratedly with box, can be different from for manufacturing the material of bar for the material manufacturing box.Equally, the material of box can select when less considering flexible and life requirement and more paying close attention to other characteristics (the such as durability to ink).Therefore, different plastics, thermoplastic and resins can be used to manufacture different assembly.
Equally, because bar is not on box, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box to carry out the prestige deformation of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.
Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.
Because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installment state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.In the box of first aspect, because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box to carry out the prestige deformation of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.Which improve the convenience of Consumer's Experience and use.
In the box according to the first embodiment of first aspect, the first box lateral spacing element can be arranged on the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.Even if applying along including from equipment side terminal+power of Z-direction composition come constrained box in+Z-direction when moving, bar is used for constrained box motion in+Z-direction.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, and thus ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects, and reduces poor successional possibility.When being applied to, from equipment side terminal, the box being mounted along the power of-X-direction, the first equipment side restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar along with box movement in-X-direction.This reduce the bonding part of the first box side restricted part from the first separate possibility of equipment side restricted part.
According in the box of first aspect, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the specific location close to cross section on the 3rd.Therefore box can be fixed to box mounting structure close to the position of the contact site between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.This reduce the box side terminal possibility relative to equipment side terminal position mispairing, and reduce the continuity of difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.In the case of box comes off, the first box side restricted part prevents box side terminal from directly clashing into such as floor surface, and thereby assists in protecting box side terminal and make it without damage.Especially, when box side terminal is installed to have on the circuit board of memory cell, this memory cell protecting fragility makes it without damage, and strengthens shockproof effect.The position that first box side restricted part is disposed proximate to cross section makes the bar of box mounting structure can be positioned in the position closer to first.This makes it possible to reduce box and printing equipment size in the Z-axis direction.
Second aspect:
According to the box of first aspect, wherein, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the specific location close to the 3rd cross section intersected with chamfered surface.
According in the box of second aspect, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the specific location close to cross part.Therefore box can be fixed to box mounting structure close to the position of the contact site between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.First box side restricted part prevents the position mispairing relative to equipment side terminal of the box side terminal.Therefore, the first box side restricted part reduces the continuity of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.In the case of box comes off, the first box side restricted part reduces box side terminal and directly clashes into the possibility of such as floor surface, and thereby assists in protecting box side terminal and make it without damage.Especially, when box side terminal is installed to have on the circuit board of memory cell, this memory cell protecting fragility makes it without damage, and strengthens shockproof effect.When the first box side restricted part is formed as jut, shockproof effect is further strengthened.The position that first box side restricted part is disposed proximate to cross section makes the bar of box mounting structure can be positioned in the position closer to first.This makes it possible to reduce box and printing equipment size in the Z-axis direction.
The third aspect:
The box that any one according to first aspect and/or second aspect is corresponding, wherein, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within and the position intersected through the width of box or the central authorities of Y direction length and the plane (plane Yc) parallel with Z axis and X-axis.
When box is installed in printing machine, box from equipment side terminal reception along including+power in the direction of Z-direction composition, and the first box side restricted part by this power towards the first equipment side restricted part pressure of bar.By the first box side restricted part is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc, even if box is moved around X-axis or Z axis by externally applied forces, first box side restricted part part near the position intersected with plane Yc will move hardly.It should be noted that, the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed in close to cross part, the edge of circuit board or the position of both.By several flat the first box side restricted parts not moved are arranged on extremely near the position of box side terminal, so that the electrical connection between box side terminal and equipment side terminal is stable.
Fourth aspect:
Fourth aspect is above-described embodiment, and wherein, box side terminal includes: the first terminal, it includes being positioned at+and Y direction end first outside;And second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, wherein, the most in the Y-axis direction outside first and between the second outside of first box side restricted part, and as above may be embodied as absolute version, or be implemented together with above-described embodiment of above-mentioned first aspect.
According in the box of fourth aspect, the first box side restricted part remain at least partially within that first is outside and between the second outside.The first box lateral spacing system with less motion is partially located in the position of closely box side terminal by this, thus ensure that the stable electrical connection between box side terminal and contact member.
5th aspect:
According to the box of fourth aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part is not the most located at outside the scope between the first outside and the second outside, and within the scope of this.
Some equipment side terminals can be more prominent compared to other terminals.In the example that figure 31 illustrates, terminal 731 is more prominent.When box is installed on printing machine, box side terminal will have from equipment side terminal reception+power of Z-direction composition.As compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, it may be improper with contacting of some equipment side terminals (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31).By the first box side restricted part being orientated as in the direction of the width completely in the inner side of terminal, box can sufficiently tilt, with adjust deflecting surfaces towards direction, therefore the electrical connection between box side terminal and equipment side terminal can more be stablized.These benefits are also about the structure of above-described embodiment.
6th aspect:
According to first aspect to the box in any of the one of the 5th aspect, also include the second box side restricted part, its second equipment side being configured to by being arranged in the second equipment side side wall member limits element locking, and thus constrained box motion in+Z-direction, and the second box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within fourth face.
Box according to the 6th aspect has the second box side restricted part on fourth face, with constrained box motion in+Z-direction, to carry out constrained box motion in+Z-direction from+X-direction end and-X-direction end both sides.This prevents each box side terminal relative to the position mispairing of box mounting structure and stable electrically connecting of further ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal further.
7th aspect:
According to the box of the 6th aspect, wherein, the second box side restricted part is jut, to be inserted in the first equipment side restriction element being formed as depression or through hole.
In the box according to the 7th aspect, the second box lateral spacing system is inserted partially into the second equipment side restricted part and provides rotation pivotal point, with by box around the neighbouring rotation of the second box side restricted part.This contributes to box being installed to box mounting structure and removing from it.
Eighth aspect:
According to the box described in any one in first aspect to the 7th aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part be positioned at the rotary shaft of bar-X-direction side on.
At the box according to eighth aspect, in installment state, the first box side restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated along the side in opposite direction with releasing locking upwards about the rotary shaft of bar by bar.This reduce the first restricted part to limit element from the first equipment side and release the possibility of locking, and stable electrically connecting of further ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal.Even if at box from equipment side terminal reception along the power of-X-direction, during to move along-X-direction, the first equipment side limits element and moves along-X-direction together with the movement of box.This movement reduces the first box side restricted part and limits the possibility of element releasing locking from the first equipment side.
9th aspect:
Box according to eighth aspect, wherein, first box side restricted part has the first bearing part and the second bearing part, first bearing part and the first equipment side limit the Part I of element and lean, with constrained box motion in+Z-direction, and the second bearing part and the first equipment side limit the Part II of element and lean, with constrained box motion in+X-direction.
In the box according to the 9th aspect, the first box side restricted part has the first bearing part and the second bearing part, and it is ensured that produce rotating torques on bar, so that bar is rotated along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking around the rotary shaft of bar.That further reduces the first box side restricted part and limit the possibility of element releasing locking, and the continuity of the difference being more effectively prevented between box side terminal and equipment side terminal from the first equipment side.
Tenth aspect:
According to the box described in any one in first aspect to the 9th aspect, also include: jut, its control member being configured to bar leans, and at the box by having been mounted to box mounting structure during box mounting structure unloads, receive from box mounting structure and include+the power of Z-direction composition, and jut be arranged in the 3rd upper first box side restricted part+Z-direction side.
Box according to the tenth aspect also has jut.By using control member and the jut of bar, can easily box be removed from box mounting structure.
11st aspect:
According to the box described in any one in first aspect to the tenth aspect, wherein, angle part has from first step extended along+Z-direction, step be positioned at chamfered surface-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on, and step has the 3rd box lateral spacing element contacted with the 3rd equipment side restriction element being arranged on box mounting structure, with constrained box motion in the Y-axis direction.
In the box according to the 11st aspect, the 3rd box lateral spacing element, the motion in the Y-axis direction of its constrained box are set in the office, corner with box side terminal.Which has limited the 3rd side motion in the Y-axis direction of box in the installment state of box.
12nd aspect:
Box according to the 11st aspect, wherein, 3rd box lateral spacing element includes a pair haunched member, and it is configured to receive and limits element from equipment side diapire component along the 3rd equipment side that+Z-direction is prominent, and a pair haunched member highlights along+X-direction from step.
In the box according to the 12nd aspect, it is provided that from step, simple structure along prominent a pair haunched member of+X-direction limits the 3rd side of box the installment state of box moving in the Y-axis direction.
13rd aspect:
According to the box described in any one in the 11st aspect and the 12nd aspect, when from first along+Z-direction observation box time, a part for the 3rd box lateral spacing element is overlapping with chamfered surface.
In the box according to the 13rd aspect, the 3rd box lateral spacing element and chamfered surface are positioned as being partially overlapped by each other.This further restricts the 3rd side of box in the Y-axis direction around the motion of printing material supply pipe.
Fourteenth aspect:
According to first aspect to the box in any of the one of the 13rd aspect, printing material Supply Structure be set on the first face compared to close to the 3rd specific location closer to fourth face.
Box according to fourteenth aspect has to be orientated as compared to close to the 3rd the ink feed structure closer to fourth face.Orientate as compared to close to fourth face closer to the structure of the 3rd compared to ink feed structure, this configuration reduces printing material and adhere to the possibility on box side terminal.This reduce the continuity of difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
15th aspect:
According to first aspect to the box in any of the one of fourteenth aspect, the first box side restricted part is jut.
Box according to fourteenth aspect provides the first box side restricted part as jut, and it can have little size and simple structure.
16th aspect:
According to first aspect to the box in any of the one of the 15th aspect, box side terminal includes the box side ground terminal of the equipment side ground terminal contact with equipment side terminal, equipment side ground terminal is connected with ground wire, and box side ground terminal is arranged on width or the centre of Y direction length of box, and it is configured to during box is installed to box mounting structure, contacted with equipment side ground terminal before any other box side terminal contacts with corresponding equipment side terminal.
In the box according to the 16th aspect, first it is applied to the power generation of box side terminal the width of box or the basic central authorities of Y direction length from box mounting structure.This prevent and be applied to the power of box side terminal and play a role and make box tilt to Y direction, thus ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.At other box side terminals with before corresponding equipment side termination contact, box side ground terminal contacts with corresponding equipment side ground terminal.Even if when less desirable high voltage is applied to box, the grounding function of box side ground terminal remains to advantageously prevent or reduce temperature and the fault that high voltage causes.
17th aspect:
According to the box of the 16th aspect, wherein, the Z-direction length of box side ground terminal is more than the Z-direction length of other box side terminal.
Box according to the 17th aspect ensure that contacting between box side ground terminal and equipment side ground terminal.
18th aspect:
A kind of box being releasably attached to printing equipment, printing equipment includes: box mounting structure, and it is configured to allow for installing and unloading box;Printing material supply pipe, it is configured to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on the bottom surface of box mounting structure, and the printing material that outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be configured to will be received in box is supplied to the end;Multiple equipment side terminals, it is set to contact with box;nullAnd bar,It is set to be used to install and unload box,Wherein,Z axis represents the axle parallel with the center line C of printing material supply pipe,X-axis represents arranges printing material supply pipe and equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with Z axis along it,And Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis,Wherein,+ Z-direction represents the direction held to the periphery along Z axis from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe,-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary,+ X-direction represents along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal,-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary,+ Y direction represents along Y direction to the direction of one end,And-Y direction represents along Y direction to the direction of the other end,Wherein,Under box is installed to the installment state of box mounting structure,Equipment side terminal contacts with box,With by power along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to box,And bar has the control member at+Z-direction end and the equipment side at-Z-direction end limits element,Box to be carried out locking thus constrained box motion in+Z-direction,The ad-hoc location that bar is wound between control member and the first equipment side restriction element rotates as rotary shaft,Wherein,X-axis、Y-axis and Z axis correspond to the X-axis of box relative to the box being under installment state、Y-axis and Z axis.Box includes: ink feed structure, its be positioned at box-Z-direction end at, to be connected with printing material supply pipe;Circuit board, its be positioned at ink feed structure+X-direction side on and there is to including+the surface that tilts of the specific direction of X-direction composition and-Z-direction composition;Multiple box side terminals, it is set to corresponding with each equipment side terminal and is positioned on the surface of circuit board, with from equipment side terminal reception along including+power of the specific direction of Z-direction composition;And the first box side restricted part, it is configured to be limited element locking and thus constrained box motion in+Z-direction by the first equipment side, and its be positioned at printing material Supply Structure+X-direction side on.
One or both in two features can having in following two embodiment constructed above.In one embodiment, supplementary features are that the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the specific location close to plate end, plate end be positioned at the surface of circuit board+Z-direction side on.In another embodiment, box side terminal includes: the first terminal, it includes being positioned at+and Y direction end first outside;And second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, and wherein, the first box side restricted part is not the most located at that first is outside and outside scope between the second outside, and within the scope of this.
Box according to the 18th aspect has the first box side restricted part stopped by the lever lock of printing equipment.First box side restricted part be positioned at the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.This structure need not have as the box according to above-mentioned first aspect any engagement member between the rotary shaft and control member of bar, and has the beneficial effect similar with those boxes according to first aspect.Such as, shorten the distance between bar and box according to the box of the 18th aspect, thus allow reduce printing equipment and include box and printing equipment whole printing material supply system size in the X-axis direction.
In the box according to the 18th aspect, the first box lateral spacing system be partially disposed within the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.This makes it possible to the motion in+Z-direction of as the box according to above-mentioned first aspect constrained box, and has the beneficial effect similar with those boxes according to first aspect and limit.Such as, which ensure that the more stable electrical connection between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduce poor continuity.
According to following example, in this embodiment: box side terminal includes: the first terminal, it includes being positioned at+Y direction end first outside;And second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, and wherein, the first box side restricted part is not the most located at that first is outside and outside scope between the second outside, and within the scope of this.This direction making it possible to the chamfered surface that be provided with box side terminal is fine-tuned on it, similar with the box according to first embodiment.Even if on the inclined-plane of the position of each equipment side terminal or the first box side restricted part owing to manufacturing mistake and when changing, what the intense adjustment of this bevel direction ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
According to following example, the first box lateral spacing system be partially disposed within be positioned at+Z-direction side on plate end, in this embodiment: the first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the specific location close to plate end, plate end be positioned at the surface of circuit board+Z-direction side on.In other words, the first box side restricted part is arranged to as close possible to box side terminal.Because the first box side restricted part is stopped by lever lock, so the periphery of the first box side restricted part has position move substantially without by the external force being applied to box.Box side terminal being arranged on the position moved minimum position and prevents the position mispairing relative to box mounting structure of each box side terminal, thus maintaining between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
19th aspect:
A kind of printing material supply system, comprising: printing equipment;And include to the box in any of the one of the 18th aspect, printing equipment according to first aspect: box mounting structure, it is configured to have: (i) equipment side diapire component;(ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire component;And (iii) second equipment side side wall member, it is set to intersect with equipment side diapire component and relative with the first equipment side side wall member;Printing material supply pipe, it is configured to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on equipment side diapire component, and the printing material that outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be configured to will be received in box is supplied to the end;Multiple equipment side terminals, it is arranged on office, equipment side corner, and equipment side diapire component and the first equipment side side wall member intersect in this place;nullAnd bar,It is rotatably provided in the first equipment side side wall member,To be used for box being installed to printing equipment or unloading from it,Wherein,Z axis represents the axle parallel with the center line C of printing material supply pipe,X-axis represents arranges printing material supply pipe and equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with Z axis along it,And Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis,Wherein,+ Z-direction represents the direction held to the periphery along Z axis from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe,-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary,+ X-direction represents along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal,-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary,+ Y direction represents along Y direction to the direction of one end,And-Y direction represents along Y direction to the direction of the other end,Wherein,Under box is installed to the installment state of box mounting structure,Equipment side terminal contacts with box,With by power along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to box,And bar has the control member at+Z-direction end and the first equipment side at-Z-direction end limits element,Box to be carried out locking thus constrained box motion in+Z-direction,The ad-hoc location that bar is wound between control member and the first equipment side restriction element rotates as rotary shaft.
Printing material supply system according to the 19th aspect includes according to first aspect to the box in any of the one of the 18th aspect, to allow to reduce the size of printing material supply system in both X-direction and Z-direction, and reduce the first equipment side restriction element possibility from the first box lateral spacing past release locking.Which ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects, and reduces poor continuity.
As being appreciated by those skilled in the art, embodiments of the invention relate to combination or a part for printing equipment for print cartridge, print cartridge and printing equipment, wherein, print cartridge is installed to be suitable for providing ink to equipment and the system of printing equipment, wherein this system include printing equipment (or one part) and/or wherein this system do not include printing equipment.
In one embodiment of the invention, disclosing a kind of print cartridge being suitable for and being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, on it, the ink-jet printing apparatus of installation print cartridge includes the bar with bonding part.Printing equipment preferably includes the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component, and it is constructed and arranged to after box is installed on printing equipment, when print cartridge is formed component pressure by equipment side contact, elastic force is applied to print cartridge.Print cartridge preferably includes: box body, it includes front portion or first surface, rear portion or second surface, top or the 3rd surface and bottom or the 4th surface, anterior or first surface and rear portion or second surface toward each other and top or the 3rd surface and bottom or the 4th surface relative to each other.Print cartridge includes the ink chamber for accommodating ink.Print cartridge also preferably includes electronic installation.Print cartridge also includes ink feed structure, its bottom being positioned at box body or the 4th surface, ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, leading edge defines the plane of print cartridge, and at this plane, ink feed structure is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber, ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus.Print cartridge can also include terminal support structure, its front portion orientating immediately box body as or first surface, and terminal support structure has the multiple conductance electric terminals being connected with electronic installation therein.When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, with contact formation component contact and receive from it elastic force.Terminal is arranged substantially in terminal plane, and terminal plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane limited by leading edge.Print cartridge preferably includes the first restricted part, and its bonding part being suitable for bar engages, and to limit print cartridge motion on the direction contrary with installation direction, the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure.The bonding part of the first restricted part preferably positions that to be positioned at terminal support structure neighbouring.
In one embodiment, terminal plane becomes about 20 to 50 angles spent with the plane limited by leading edge, preferably from about 25 degree to 40 degree.
Terminal support structure is critically important with intersecting for suitably mounting box of printing equipment.As discussed here, by angled cooperation, box can accept power upwardly and rearwardly.These power contribute to being held in place box.
In one embodiment, when observing front portion or the first surface of box body under the prone state of ink feed structure, the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal.
In one embodiment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, to contact in the contact site office of terminal with contacting formation component and to receive elastic force.Contact portion is essentially disposed in contact portion plane.In this embodiment, when observing front portion or the first surface of box body under the prone state of ink feed structure, the bonding part of the first restricted part may be located at the right side that the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the left hand edge of the left side of right hand edge of rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal.In one embodiment, the angle between contact portion plane and plane Cheng Yue 25 to 40 degree limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, box is additionally included in the second restricted part on the rear portion of print cartridge or second surface.Second restricted part is preferably adapted to and is configured to the various piece with ink-jet printing apparatus engage.In this embodiment, when along vertical with the plane limited by leading edge orientation measurement distance, the distance between bonding part and the plane limited by leading edge of the second restricted part is more than the distance between bonding part and the plane limited by leading edge of the first restricted part.
In one embodiment, when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and during ink feed structure that unilateral observation print cartridge prone, when along vertical with the plane limited by leading edge orientation measurement distance, the distance between bonding part and the plane limited by leading edge of the first restricted part is less than the distance between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar when box is mounted.
In one embodiment, when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and during ink feed structure that unilateral observation print cartridge prone, when box is mounted, the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar.
In one embodiment, when in the front portion of ink feed structure prone state observation box body or first surface, the bonding part of the first restricted part at least some of generally within the width midway of print cartridge at.
In a preferred embodiment, leading edge the plane limited is in bottom or the 4th lower face.In other embodiments, it is concordant with bottom.In other embodiments, it is recessed in bottom or the 4th surface.
In one embodiment, disclosing a kind of ink supply system by ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, ink-jet printing apparatus includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component.Ink supply system preferably includes the ink chamber for accommodating ink and ink feed structure, and it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber, ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus.Ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and leading edge defines plane.Ink feed structure preferably includes electronic installation.Ink supply system can also include terminal support structure, it has multiple conductance electric terminal, when ink feed structure is by ink feed to printing equipment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, to contact in the contact site office of terminal with contacting formation component and to receive from it elastic force.Ink supply system can also include the first restricted part, and it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of the bar on printing equipment, to limit terminal support structure and the terminal thereon motion on the direction contrary with installation direction.The bonding part of the first restricted part is preferably located to neighbouring with terminal support structure.When ink feed structure is by ink feed to printing equipment, terminal can be arranged substantially in terminal plane, and this terminal plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane limited by leading edge.Or, terminal support structure determines that this plane and/or this plane are limited by the terminal contacted with each structure on printing equipment.
In an embodiment of system, when ink feed structure is by ink feed to printing equipment, terminal plane becomes about 20 to 50 angles spent with the plane limited by leading edge, preferably from about 25 degree to 40 degree.
In an embodiment of system, when ink feed structure is arranged in place with during by ink feed to printing equipment, and the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal.
In an embodiment of system, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, to contact in the contact site office of terminal with contacting formation component and to receive from it elastic force.Contact portion is arranged substantially in contact portion plane.When ink feed structure is arranged in place with during by ink feed to printing equipment, and the bonding part of the first restricted part may be located at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal.Contact portion can limit with the plane limited by leading edge in beyond 0 degree and less than the angle of 90 degree.When ink feed structure is by ink feed to printing equipment, contact portion the plane limited preferably becomes to exceed 20 degree and is less than the angle of 50 degree with the plane limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, ink feed structure also includes main body, and it includes front portion or first surface, rear portion or second surface, and anterior or first surface and rear portion or second surface are relative to each other.Ink supply system can also include the rear portion with main body or second surface restricted part (it is referred to as the second restricted part) immediately, and with anterior or first surface terminal support structure immediately.Second restricted part can include bonding part, and its various piece being suitable for and being configured to ink-jet printing apparatus engages.When along vertical with the plane limited by leading edge orientation measurement distance, the distance between bonding part and the plane limited by leading edge of the second restricted part is more than by the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, second restricted part can with the rear portion of main body or second surface immediately, terminal support structure and front portion or first surface are immediately, the various piece that second restricted part is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus engages, wherein, when along vertical with the plane limited by leading edge orientation measurement distance, the distance between bonding part and the plane limited by leading edge of the second restricted part is more than by the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, when along vertical with the plane limited by leading edge orientation measurement distance, the distance between bonding part and the plane limited by leading edge of the first restricted part is less than the distance pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment.
In one embodiment, when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part when right side and ink feed structural plane are downward, the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar.
In one embodiment, ink supply system includes and terminal support structure main body immediately, and when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment, the bonding part of the first restricted part at least some of generally within the width midway of main body at.
In one embodiment, ink supply system also includes adapter, wherein, ink feed structure, terminal support structure and the first restricted part) it is positioned on adapter, and ink chamber is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter.In another embodiment, ink supply system also includes adapter, and wherein, terminal support structure and the first restricted part are positioned on adapter, and ink feed structure is positioned in ink chamber and ink chamber is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter.Or, system also includes adapter, ink tank, pipeline and minor adaptations outside ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, ink feed structure is positioned on minor adaptations, terminal support structure and the first restricted part are positioned on adapter, and when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment, ink is fed to minor adaptations from outer pot by pipeline.
In one embodiment, system includes that main body, main body include that top and bottom, top and bottom are relative to each other, and wherein, leading edge the plane limited is substantially flush with bottom.
The present invention is not limited to box, print cartridge and above-mentioned printing equipment or the combination of printing material supply system, but other different aspects can be had to implement, such as, fluid cartridge, liquid container, printing material housing device, box adapter, circuit board, printing equipment, liquid injection device and include the liquid delivery system of liquid injection device and fluid cartridge.The present invention is not limited to the above, but can make various changes and modifications for these aspects, and without departing from the scope of the present invention.When stating the combination of print cartridge and printing equipment and/or ink-jet printing apparatus, it should be understood that print cartridge is assembled, install or be arranged on printing equipment.
When connection with figures is read, the above description of foregoing general content and embodiment will become the assembly that clearer, the most similar reference represents similar.In order to illustrate the equipment of the application, some embodiment shown in the drawings.It is to be understood that, the application is not limited to accurate layout, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and the equipment of diagram, and layout, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and the equipment illustrated can be used alone or be used in combination with other layouts, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and equipment.
Accompanying drawing has not necessarily been drawn to scale, and is in no way intended to limit the scope of the present invention, but only for clarifying the single diagram embodiment of the present invention.In the accompanying drawings:
Accompanying drawing explanation
[Fig. 1] Fig. 1 shows the stereogram of the structure of printing material supply system;
[Fig. 2] Fig. 2 shows the stereogram of the keeper having mounted to box thereon;
[Fig. 3] Fig. 3 shows the stereogram of the keeper having mounted to box thereon;
[Fig. 4] Fig. 4 shows the top view of the keeper having mounted to box thereon;
[Fig. 5] Fig. 5 is the sectional view taken along the line F4-F4 in Fig. 4;
[Fig. 5 A] Fig. 5 A shows the sectional view of the keeper having mounted to box thereon;
[Fig. 6 A] Fig. 6 A shows power is how to be applied to bar from box;
[Fig. 6 B] Fig. 6 B shows power is how to be applied to bar from box;
[Fig. 7] Fig. 7 shows the stereogram of the structure of box;
[Fig. 8] Fig. 8 is the upward view of box;
[Fig. 9] Fig. 9 is the sectional view obtained along the line F8-F8 in Fig. 8;
[Fig. 9 A] Fig. 9 A shows box and the figure of bar when box is in its installation site;
[Figure 10 A] Figure 10 A shows the concrete structure of circuit board;
[Figure 10 B] Figure 10 B shows the concrete structure of circuit board;
[Figure 11] Figure 11 is the rearview of box;
[Figure 12] Figure 12 is the front view of box;
[Figure 13] Figure 13 is the left view of box;
[Figure 14] Figure 14 is to maintain the stereogram of the structure of part;
[Figure 15] Figure 15 is to maintain the stereogram of the structure of part;
[Figure 16] Figure 16 shows the top view of the structure of keeper;
[Figure 17] Figure 17 is the sectional view of the line F16-F16 acquirement along Figure 16;
[Figure 18] Figure 18 is the stereogram of contact mechanism;
[Figure 19] Figure 19 shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of bar;
[Figure 20] Figure 20 shows the sectional view of the axis body of the bar along the plane acquirement parallel with X-axis and Z axis;
[Figure 21] Figure 21 is the stereogram of bar;
[Figure 22] Figure 22 is to maintain the exploded perspective view of part and the stereogram of bar;
[Figure 23] Figure 23 shows the sectional view of the peripheral structure of bar in box is installed to the installment state of keeper;
[Figure 24] Figure 24 shows that box is installed to the step of keeper;
[Figure 25] Figure 25 shows that box is installed to the step of keeper;
[Figure 26] Figure 26 shows that box is installed to the step of keeper;
[Figure 27] Figure 27 shows that box is installed to the step of keeper;
[Figure 27 A] Figure 27 A is mounted to the close up view of the box of keeper;
[Figure 27 B] Figure 27 B is mounted to the close up view of the box of keeper;
[Figure 28] Figure 28 shows the block diagram of electronic structure;
[Figure 29] Figure 29 shows the connection between circuit board and mounting testing circuit;
[Figure 30] Figure 30 shows the external force being applied to box in installment state;
[Figure 31] Figure 31 shows the intense adjustment in the direction on inclined-plane;
[Figure 32 A] Figure 32 A shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 32 B] Figure 32 B shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 32 C] Figure 32 C shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 32 D] Figure 32 D shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 32 E] Figure 32 E shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 32 F] Figure 32 F shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 33] Figure 33 shows the printing machine according to the second embodiment;
[Figure 34] Figure 34 shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of the box according to the 3rd embodiment;
[Figure 35 A] Figure 35 A shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 B] Figure 35 B shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 C] Figure 35 C shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 D] Figure 35 D shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 E] Figure 35 E shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 F] Figure 35 F shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 G] Figure 35 G shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 H] Figure 35 H shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 I] Figure 35 I shows the concept map of the box with lengthwise terminal;
[Figure 35 J] Figure 35 J shows the concept map with the box being arranged in the contact mechanism outside circuit board;
[Figure 36] Figure 36 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box with the adapter according to an embodiment;
[Figure 37] Figure 37 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box with the adapter according to another embodiment;
[Figure 37 B] Figure 37 B shows the stereogram of the box including adapter and container assemblies;
[Figure 38] Figure 38 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box with the adapter according to another embodiment;
[Figure 39 A] Figure 39 A shows the structure of the bar according to a modification;
[Figure 39 B] Figure 39 B shows the structure of the bar according to a modification;
[Figure 40] Figure 40 shows the installation to keeper of the box according to a modification;
[Figure 41 A] Figure 41 A shows the modification of terminal shape;
[Figure 41 B] Figure 41 B shows the modification of terminal shape;
[Figure 41 C] Figure 41 C shows the modification of terminal shape;
[Figure 42 A] Figure 42 A shows the figure of the wiping amount of plate terminal and the relation of plate inclination angle phi;
[Figure 42 B] Figure 42 B shows the wiping amount of plate terminal;
[Figure 43 A] Figure 43 A shows the figure of the upward force of equipment side ground terminal and the relation of plate inclination angle phi;
[Figure 43 B] Figure 43 B shows the upward force of equipment side ground terminal;
[Figure 44] Figure 44 shows the figure of the wiping amount of plate terminal and another relation of plate inclination angle phi;And
[Figure 45] Figure 45 shows the figure of the upward force of equipment side ground terminal and another relation of plate inclination angle phi.
Specific embodiment
In order to clarify structure and the operation of the present invention further, below with reference to width figure describes some embodiments of the present invention.
A. first embodiment
A-1. the ordinary construction of printing material supply system
Fig. 1 shows the stereogram of the structure of printing material supply system 10.XYZ axle perpendicular to one another figure 1 illustrates.XYZ axle in Fig. 1 is corresponding to the XYZ axle in other accompanying drawings.In accompanying drawing subsequently, XYZ axle is shown needs when.Printing material supply system 10 includes box 20 and the printing machine 50 as printing equipment.In printing material supply system 10, box 20 is removably attached to the keeper 60 of printing machine 50 by user.
Each box 20 in printing material supply system 10 accommodates the ink as printing material.The ink as printing material being contained in box 20 is supplied to 540 by ink feed structure and printing material supply pipe (being described below).According to this structure, multiple boxes 20 are removably attachable to the keeper 60 of printing machine 50.More specifically, six boxes 20 accommodating six kinds of different colours inks (that is, black, yellow, carmetta, shallow carmetta, cyan, light cyan) respectively are installed to keeper 60.Those skilled in the art it is apparent that, although description here refer to ink, it is envisioned that any material for printing can be used by the mode more particularly described below referring below to disclosed box, a combination thereof and/or supply system, and the present invention should thus not limit.
According to other embodiments, the number of the box being installed to keeper 60 is not limited to six, and can be more or less than six.According to other embodiments, the number of different colours ink is not limited to six colors, but can be more or less than six colors.According to other embodiments, the two or more box 20 being installed to keeper 60 can accommodate a kind of same color ink.The concrete structure of box 20 and keeper 60 will be described below.
The printing machine 50 of the printing material supply system 10 shown in Fig. 1 is the compact ink-jet printer for personal use.In addition to keeper 60, printing machine 50 also has controller 510 and includes the balladeur train 520 of retainer 60.Balladeur train 520 also includes 540.Ink is provided to the end 540 from being installed to the box 20 of keeper 60 by printing material supply pipe (being described below) by printing machine 50, and from the beginning 540 ink is discharged to printed medium 90 (such as printing paper or label), to print various data, such as character row, accompanying drawing and picture on printed medium 90.Although having been described in detail about ink-jet printer, but it will be understood to those of skill in the art that the present invention one asks as follows and be applied to other printing type and printing material supply systems more particularly described belowly, and the present invention should thus not limit.
The controller 510 of printing machine 50 is used for controlling the operation of the various piece of printing machine 50.The balladeur train 520 of printing machine 50 is configured such that 540 reciprocally scan across printed medium 90.The 540 of printing machine 50 have inkjet mechanism, and it is configured to be ejected into printed medium 90 ink from the box 20 being installed to keeper 60.Controller 510 and balladeur train 520 are electrically connected via flexible cable 517.The inkjet mechanism of 540 is operated by the control signal from controller 510.
According to the present embodiment, balladeur train 520 has 540 and keeper 60.The printing machine 50 of the keeper 60 that such box 20 is installed on the balladeur train 520 of slip-on head 540 is called " frame above formula " printing machine.According to another embodiment, keeper 60 can be arranged on the various location of balladeur train 520, and ink can be provided the 540 of balladeur train 520 from being installed to each box 20 of keeper 60 by flexible pipe.Such printing machine is called " from posture " printing machine.
According to the present embodiment, printing machine 50 has main scanning feed mechanism and second scanning feed mechanism, and it is by balladeur train 520 and printed medium 90 relative movement, and performs printing on printed medium 90.The main scanning feed mechanism of printing machine 50 includes carriage motor 522 and drive belt 524, and via drive belt 524, the power of carriage motor 522 is passed to balladeur train 520, makes balladeur train 520 move back and forth on main scanning direction.The second scanning feed mechanism of printing machine 50 includes feeding motor 532 and platen 534, and the power of feeding motor 532 is passed to platen 534, to transport printed medium 90 on the sub scanning direction vertical with main scanning direction.The carriage motor 522 of main scanning feed mechanism and the feeding motor 532 of second scanning feed mechanism carry out action based on the control signal from controller 510.
According to the present embodiment, when printing material supply system 10 is under normally used state, X-axis represents the axle along sub scanning direction (fore-and-aft direction), and printed medium 90 is by along sub scanning direction feeding.Y-axis represents that the axle along main scanning direction (left and right directions or lateral when from front observing system 10) moves back and forth along main scanning direction as Y-axis, balladeur train 520.Z axis represents the axle along gravity direction (vertical direction).The use state of printing material supply system 10 refers to the state of the printing material supply system 10 being arranged on the face of level.In the present embodiment, the face of level is the face parallel with X-axis and Y-axis, i.e. XY face.
According to the present embodiment, + X-direction represents sub scanning direction (forward direction),-X-direction represents its rightabout (backward directions), + Z-direction represents the direction (upward direction) along the direction contrary with gravity direction from the bottom of printing material supply system 10 to top, and-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, that is, gravity direction (in downward direction).In the present embodiment ,+X-direction side (front side) is the front of printing material supply system 10.According to the present embodiment ,+Y direction represents from the right flank of printing material supply system 10 towards the direction (left direction) of left surface, and-Y direction represents its rightabout (right direction).In the present embodiment, the multiple boxes 20 being installed in retainer 60 are arranged by the direction (left and right directions or lateral, it is referred to as " Y direction ") along Y-axis.Similarly, the direction (fore-and-aft direction) along X-axis and the direction (vertical direction) along Z axis are called " X-direction " and " Z " direction of principal axis.
A-2. box 20 is arranged on the structure of retainer 60
Fig. 2 and Fig. 3 is the stereogram illustrating the retainer 60 having mounted to box 20 thereon.Fig. 4 is the top view illustrating the retainer 60 having mounted to box 20 thereon.In the state shown in Fig. 2 to Fig. 4, a box 20 is properly installed the design and installation position of keeper 60.The state " being suitably attached to design and installation position " and " installation site " represent that box 20 is attached and (or differently say, dispose) so that box side terminal is positioned at the position that the corresponding side apparatus side terminal with the contact mechanism (being described afterwards) being included in printing machine 50 contacts respectively.
As shown in Figures 2 and 3, the keeper 60 of printing machine 50 has 5 wall members 601,603,604,605,606.The depression formed by these five wall members is as box room or box mounting structure 602.Box room 602 is divided into multiple groove (installing space) by partition wall 607, receives each box 20.Partition wall 607 is as box 20 inserts the guiding piece of each groove, but can suitably be omitted.Each groove has printing material supply pipe 640, contact mechanism 70, bar the 80, second equipment side restriction element 620 and limits the jut 636 of element as the 3rd equipment side.One side (+Z-direction side, end face) of each groove is open, and box 20 is installed to keeper 60 via the side (open end face) of this opening or removes from it.
The state that box 20 is connected with printing material supply pipe 640 by bar 80 and the second equipment side restriction element 620 locking and ink feed structure (being described hereinafter) with box 20 is installed to keeper 60.This state is called " box 20 is to the installment state of keeper 60 ", referred to as " installation " state, or is additionally referred to as " arrangement " state.Printing material supply pipe 640 is connected so that being provided 540 (Fig. 1) to the end as the ink of the printing material being contained in box 20 with the ink feed structure of box 20.Printing material supply pipe 640 have be positioned at+Z-direction side on outer peripheral end 642 (also referred to as " connection end ") and be positioned at-Z-direction side on base terminal 645.Base terminal 645 is arranged on wall member 601, and outer peripheral end 642 is connected with the ink feed structure of box 20.Printing material supply pipe 640 has the central shaft C parallel with Z axis.It is+Z-direction from base terminal 645 along central shaft C to the direction of outer peripheral end 642.
As in figure 2 it is shown, elastomeric element 648 is arranged on ink tubes 640 around, to seal the periphery of the ink feed structure of the box 20 being in installment state, prevent ink from leaking into periphery from ink feed structure.In installment state, elastomeric element 648 applies to comprise+the exerting pressure of the component of Z-direction to box 20.
In (arrangement) state of installation, the electrical connection being arranged between the terminal of the contact mechanism 70 in each groove of the terminal on the circuit board (being described afterwards) of box 20 and keeper 60 allows to transmit various information between box 20 and printing machine 50.
Fig. 5 is the sectional view of the line F4-F4 acquirement along Fig. 4.Jut 636 is omitted in the example shown.The printing material supply pipe 640 of printing machine 50 is connected with the ink feed structure 280 of box 20 so that ink is supplied 540 (Fig. 1) to the end from box 20 via printing material flow path 282.
According to the present embodiment, it is used for filtering the porous filter 644 from the ink of box 20 supply and is arranged at the outer peripheral end 642 of printing material supply pipe 640.Porous filter 644 can be such as made up of stainless (steel) wire or stainless steel weaving cloth.According to another embodiment, porous filter can not be positioned at the outer peripheral end 642 of printing material supply pipe 640.
The contact mechanism 70 of printing machine 50 be positioned at printing material supply pipe 640+X-direction side on, and be configured to can be with the termination contact on the circuit board 40 being arranged on box 20.In the installment state of box 20, the Pt that exerts pressure including+Z-direction vector components is applied to circuit board 40 by the terminal from contact mechanism 70.In the installment state of box 20, the Ps that exerts pressure along+Z-direction is applied to ink feed structure 280 from elastomeric element 648.
For mounting and dismounting the bar 80 of box 20 and have at it+control member 830 of Z-direction end and its-Z-direction end at bonding part 810.First equipment side limits element or bonding part 810 (describing its first equipment side locking face more particularly below) is configured in installment state engage with the first box side restricted part 210 at the first lock position 810L.First lock position 810L contact site between the terminal being arranged on circuit board 40 and contact mechanism 70+Z-direction side on and+X-direction side on.Bonding part 810 engages with the first box side restricted part 210, with the constrained box 20 motion in+Z-direction.
Bar 80 pivots around axle 800c position between control member 830 and bonding part 810.Rotary shaft 800c of bar 80 be positioned at the first lock position 810L+Z-direction side and in+X-direction side.
User uses the control member 830 of bar 80 to be removed from keeper 60 by box 20.In order to remove box 20, control member 830 is pressed by user along-X-direction.This pressure will be applied to control member 830 from+X-direction side towards power Pr (being called " operating physical force Pr ") of-X-direction side.Bar 80 is rotated by this operating physical force Pr around axle 800c, and is removed along+X-direction from the first lock position 810L bonding part 810.This relieves the joint of the first box side restricted part 210 and bonding part 810, and box 20 can be removed from keeper 60.
Second equipment side limits element 620 and is arranged in side wall member 604, and is configured at the second lock position 620L engage with the second box side restricted part 220.According to the present embodiment, the second equipment side limits element 620 and is formed in the through hole in the side wall member 604 of keeper 60.Second lock position 620L be positioned at printing material supply pipe 640+Z-direction side and-X-direction side.Second equipment side limits element 620 and engages with the second box side restricted part 220 (the also referred to as second restriction element 220), with the constrained box 20 motion in+Z-direction.As it has been described above, box 20 along+Z-direction move in installment state by its+X-direction end and its-both X-direction ends limit.
Second lock position 620L (the second box side restricted part 220 limits element 620 in this position with the second equipment side and contacts) is used as pivotal point, and box 20 is installed to keeper 60 around this pivot point and unloads from keeper 60.In other words, box 20 rotates along the plane parallel with Z axis and X-axis around the second lock position 620L, carries out mounting and dismounting the second box side restricted part 220 and the second equipment side limits element 620 correspondingly as the rotation pivotal point of the box 20 for installing or unload box 20.Box 20 will be specifically described below to the installation of keeper 60 and unload.
As it is shown in figure 5, in installment state, the first lock position 810L is located at-Z-direction side on position away from the second lock position 620L distance Dz.This reduce the first box side restricted part 210 and exerted pressure Ps and Pt and the possibility that departs from from bonding part 810 by be applied to box 20 from keeper 60.Therefore box 20 can be stably retained in the installation site of design.
Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B shows the power being applied to bar 80 at the first lock position 810L from box 20.The first lock position 810L of Fig. 6 A be positioned at the second lock position 620L-Z-direction side on state in, power F1 is applied to be in the bar 80 at the first lock position 810L from box 20.The first lock position 810L of Fig. 6 B be positioned at the second lock position 620L+Z-direction side on state in, power F2 is applied to be in the bar 80 at the first lock position 810L from box 20.Power F1 shown in Fig. 6 A has identical size with power F2 shown in Fig. 6 B.
Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B schematically shows the first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and rotary shaft 800c (also referred to as " pivoting centre 800c ") position relationship in X-axis and Z axis relative to each other.Difference between two position relationships shown in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B is second lock position 620L difference on Z axis.Arc RT1 shown in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B shows the first lock position 810L rotational trajectory around rotary shaft 800c.Arc RT2 shown in Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B shows the first lock position 810L rotational trajectory around the second lock position 620L.
In the example illustrated in fig. 6, first lock position 810L be positioned at the second lock position 620L-Z-direction side on, therefore power F1 (it is applied at the first lock position 810L along the tangential direction of arc RT2) have+X-direction vector component and+Z-direction vector component.Therefore power F1 be broken down into the vector components F1t of the tangential direction along arc RT1 and the vector components F1r of the radial direction along arc RT1.
In the example illustrated in fig. 6b, first lock position 810L be positioned at the second lock position 620L+Z-direction side on, therefore power F2 (it is applied at the first lock position 810L along the tangential direction of arc RT2) have-X-direction vector component and+Z-direction vector component.Therefore power F2 be broken down into the vector components F2t of the tangential direction along arc RT1 and the vector components F2r of the radial direction along arc RT1.
If be clearly understood that by the comparison between accompanying drawing 6A and Fig. 6 B, when the size of power F1 is equal to the size of power F2 (F1=F2), first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and rotary shaft 800c position relationship relative to each other cause the vector components " F1t < F2t " for the tangential direction along arc RT1, and for the vector components " F1t > F2t " of the radial direction along arc RT1.Compared to the state shown in Fig. 6 B, state in Fig. 6 A has the bigger force vector composition from box 20 towards rotary shaft 800c of bar 80, and have along making the bar 80 less force vector composition around rotary shaft 800c (that is, from+Y direction observation) clockwise rotation direction.In other words, compared to the first lock position 810L is positioned at the second lock position 620L+Z-direction side on, the first lock position 810L is positioned at the second lock position 620L-Z-direction side more effectively reduces the possibility that the first box side restricted part 210 departs from from bonding part 810.In any state, not having power along+X-direction applying, engage with release at the first lock position 810L, therefore both states offer the advantage that and reduce the possibility that the first box side restricted part 210 will depart from from bonding part 810.
A-3. the detailed composition of box:
Fig. 7 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box 20 of an example as box according to an embodiment of the invention.Fig. 8 is the upward view of box 20.Fig. 9 is the sectional view obtained along the line F8-F8 in Fig. 8.Figure 10 A and Figure 10 B shows the concrete structure of circuit board 40.Figure 10 A is the figure from the circuit board 40 watched by the direction shown in the arrow F9 Fig. 9, and Figure 10 B is the figure of the circuit board 40 that the arrow F10 from Figure 10 A watches.According to the present embodiment, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis represent the axle on the box 20 in being in installment state.In installment state+X-direction side box 20 before.Plane Yc shown in Fig. 8 is the plane of the central authorities of the Y direction length through width or box 20, and parallel with Z axis and X-axis (that is, ZX plane).Plane CX shown in Fig. 8 is through central shaft C and the plane parallel with Z axis and X-axis (that is, ZX plane).
As it is shown in fig. 7, box 20 includes accommodating the ink chamber 200 of ink, housing 22, ink feed structure 280, circuit board 40 and the first box side restricted part 210.Box 20 is installed to keeper 60 along installation direction SD, and this installation direction is-Z-direction (vertically downward direction in embodiment).Box 20 specifically towards or attitude typically do not fix during box 20 is actually inserted into keeper 60.During box 20 is installed to keeper 60, box 20 can tilt relative to Z axis.But, state the most immediately and in installment state, ink feed structure 280 receives the printing material supply pipe 640 with the central shaft C parallel with Z axis so that specifically limiting towards by printing material supply pipe 640 of box 20, and is therefore directed at substantially along Z-direction.For this reason, and because the general direction that moves when being installed in keeper 60 of box 20 is along-Z-direction, so-Z-direction is considered the installation direction of box 20.Due to same cause, what+Z-direction was considered that box 20 overflowed from keeper 60 removes direction RD (Fig. 9).Because-Z axis and+Z-direction is rightabout, so installation direction SD and remove direction RD and be considered rightabout.
Housing 22 (also referred to as " box body 22 ") defines the inner space of the ink chamber 200 including box 20.Housing 22 also forms at least some of of the outer wall surface of box 20, and can be by synthetic resin, and such as polypropylene (PP), makes.Box 20 is the rectangular prism of the side with congruence or generally rectangular parallelepiped-shaped.A part for housing 22 can be made up of resin molding.
Box 20 has length (X-direction length), width (Y direction length) and height (Z-direction length), and wherein length, height and width reduce according to this order.But, the magnitude relationship of the length of box 20, width and height is not limited to this order, but can at random be determined;Such as, highly, length and width can reduce with this order, or height, length and width can be equal to each other.
The housing 22 of box 20 includes the first wall or bottom the 201, second wall or top the 202, the 3rd wall or anterior 203, the 4th wall or rear portion the 204, the 5th wall the 205, the 6th wall 206, and connects wall 209.Connect wall 209 and include the 7th wall 207 and the 8th wall 208 (Fig. 9).First to the 8th wall 201-208 defines the inner space of the ink chamber 200 including box 20.In the following description, the outer surface (that is, first to octahedral 201-208) that the symbol 201 to 208 of the first to the 8th wall is also used to represent the wall of the housing 22 constituting box 20 it is assigned to.Outer surface (first to the octahedral) 201-208 of the first to the 8th wall is substantially planar." substantially planar " not only represents perfect flat surfaces, but can include having the most irregular plane of part.In other words, " substantially planar " includes face or the plane of wall with the slightly irregular housing 22 still still being recognizable as box 20 of part.
First face 201 (the first wall), the second face 202 (the second wall), the 3rd face 203 (the 3rd wall), fourth face 204 (the 4th wall), the 5th face 205 (the 5th wall) and the 6th face 206 (the 6th wall) are also respectively referred to as bottom surface 201 (diapire), end face 202 (roof), front 203 (antetheca), the back side 204 (rear wall), left surface 205 (left wall) and right flank 206 (right wall).The outer surface of wall can also be called front portion 203, rear portion 204, top 202 and bottom 201, or being called the first to the 4th surface, wherein first surface represents anterior 203, and second surface represents rear portion 204,3rd surface represents top 202, and the 4th surface represents bottom 201.
First face 201 and the second face 202 are the most relative to each other.First face 201 is positioned at-Z-direction side on, and the second face 202 be positioned at+Z-direction side on.3rd face 203 and fourth face 204 are the most relative to each other.3rd face 203 is positioned at+X-direction side on, and fourth face 204 be positioned at-X-direction side on.5th face 205 and the 6th face 206 are the most relative to each other.5th face 205 is positioned at+Y direction side on, and the 6th face 206 be positioned at-Y direction side on.
According to the present embodiment, be positioned at-Z-direction side on the first face 201 in installment state, form bottom surface.First face 201 is the X/Y plane parallel and vertical with Z axis with X-axis and Y-axis.First face 201 is horizontal plane in installment state.
Be positioned at+Z-direction side on the second face 202 in installment state, form end face.Second face 202 is relative with the first face 201 and parallel with the first face 201.Second face 202 is the plane (X/Y plane) parallel and vertical with Z axis with X-axis and Y-axis.Second face 202 is horizontal plane in installment state.
Be positioned at+X-direction side on the 3rd face 203 in installment state, form side.3rd face 203 is perpendicular to the first face 201 and the second face 202, and is the plane (YZ plane) parallel and vertical with X-axis with Y-axis and Z axis.In the limit in the 3rd face 203, it is positioned at-limit 290 of Z-direction side is referred to as on " the first limit 290 ", and the limit 291 being positioned on+Z-direction side is called " the second limit 291 ".In illustration herein, the statement of " two faces intersect each other or intersect " not only represents the state that two faces are the most intersected with each other, is also represented by the state that the elongated surfaces in state that the elongated surfaces in a face intersects and two faces intersects each other with another face.
Be positioned at-X-direction side on fourth face 204 install or arrangement state in formed side.Fourth face 204 is vertical with the first face 201 and the second face 202.Fourth face 204 is parallel with the 3rd face 203.Fourth face 204 is the plane (YZ plane) vertical and parallel with X-axis with Y-axis and Z axis.
Be positioned at+Y direction side on the 5th face 205 and be positioned at-Y direction side on the 6th face 206 in installment state, form side.5th face 205 is vertical with first to fourth face 201-204 with the 6th face 206.5th face 205 is the plane (XZ plane) parallel and vertical with Y-axis with X-axis and Z axis with the 6th face 206.6th face 206 is parallel with the 5th face 205.
As it is shown in figure 9, the first face 201 is connected by joint face 209 with the 3rd face 203.7th face 207 of joint face 209 is vertical with the first face 201, and is the plane (YZ plane) parallel with Y-axis and Z axis.7th face 207 becomes vertical angles to be directed at relative to the first face 201, and can be called " step ".In other words, the 7th face 207 extends from the first face 201 along+Z-direction.7th face 207 be positioned at octahedral 208-X-direction side and-Z-direction side.7th face 207 is connected to the 3rd face 203 by octahedral 208.Octahedral 208 be to including+inclined surface that tilts of the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components.Octahedral 208 tilts to the first face 201 and the 3rd face 203.Octahedral 208 is perpendicular to the 5th face 205 and the 6th face 206.In other words, octahedral 208 is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilt and vertical and XZ plane.Octahedral 208 has from octahedral 208 board installation member 208T outwardly.
Relational representation first face 201 of first to the 6th 201-206 and the direction that faces in the second face 202 are Z-directions, and the direction that faces of the 3rd face 203 and fourth face 204 is X-direction, and the direction that faces in the 5th face 205 and the 6th face 206 is Y direction.
As it is shown in fig. 7, circuit board 40 is preferably mounted on the board installation member 208T of octahedral 208.Similar with octahedral 208, circuit board 40 has to including+and the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components tilts or (other saying) terminal support structure 408 in the slope.In the present embodiment, terminal support structure 408 includes the surface of circuit board 40.Terminal support structure 408 tilts to the first face 201 and the 3rd face 203.Terminal support structure 408 is vertical with the 5th face 205 and the 5th face 205.In other words, terminal support structure 408 is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilt and vertical with XZ plane.Terminal support structure 408 also referred to as " inclined-plane terminal support structure " or " chamfered surface ".Therefore, in the present embodiment, the surface of circuit board 40 is considered " chamfered surface ".Terminal support structure 408 has box side terminal 400, and it contacts (Fig. 2) with the equipment side terminal of contact mechanism 70.The angle tilted is preferably between 0 degree and 90 degree, more preferably between 20 degree and 50 degree, and most preferably from about 25 degree to 40 degree.
Figure 42 A and Figure 42 B shows the wiping amount of the terminal on circuit board 40 carried out by the equipment side terminal relation relative to the inclination angle phi of circuit board 40.The inclination angle phi of circuit board 40 represents the angle between the plane of plane 110p extended from the installation direction leading edge of ink feed structure 280 and the terminal 400 wherein arranging circuit board 40.The plane limited by terminal 400 had both been not orthogonal to plane 1110p, the most perpendicular.Inclination angle phi is usually acute angle (less than 90 degree).In the present embodiment, plane 110p extended from installation direction leading edge is parallel with the bottom surface 201 of box 20.Equally, the plane wherein arranging terminal 400 is arranged to parallel with the plate surface of circuit board 40.Therefore, in the present embodiment, inclination angle phi is equal to the angle between bottom surface 201 and the plate surface of circuit board 40 of box 20.In the present embodiment, circuit board 40 is about 0.7mm thickness.Terminal 400 is about 5 microns of thickness, and is arranged on circuit board 40.The thickness of terminal 400 is little to negligible degree, and therefore the surface (including the surface of terminal 400) of circuit board 40 is substantially and flushes.Therefore, terminal support structure 408 (it includes the surface of circuit board 40 in the present embodiment) is generally within terminal (contact portion) plane TP being described below.Even if circuit board 40 does not exists, the unevenness that the most only possible existence is of equal value with the thickness of terminal 400.Therefore, for simplicity, terminal support structure 408 can be with " plane limited by terminal " or " terminal plane " interchangeable use.When mentioning contact portion cp of terminal 431-439 about terminal support structure 408, term " plane limited by contact portion " or " contact portion plane " can also alternatively use.During installing or disposing box 20, as shown in Figure 24 to Figure 27, the front 203 (first surface) of box 20 is travel downwardly when around the back side 204 (second surface) the slightly pivotal rotation of box 20.In this process, circuit board 40 slightly rotates and contacts formation component (equipment side terminal) 731-739 with the equipment side on terminal base 709 and contacts so that each box side terminal 431-439 is formed component 731-739 wiping by equipment side contact.The wiping of the terminal carried out on circuit board 40 by corresponding equipment side terminal suitably removes the dust in the terminal surfaces being coated on circuit board 40 or oxide, thus enhances electrical conductivity (electrical connection).
Diagrammatically show of Figure 42 A is formed the wiping length (wiping amount) of component terminal on circuit board 40 as ordinate by the contact of corresponding equipment side, and plate inclination angle phi is as abscissa.It is assumed hereinafter that on the basis of calculate: from the second surface 204 (rear surface) of box 20, distance L0 of contact portion to the ground terminal 437 contacted with corresponding equipment side ground terminal 737 is 63mm along the X direction.In general, bigger plate inclination angle phi makes plate surface closer to perpendicular, and adds wiping amount.In order to effectively remove the dust in the terminal surfaces being coated on circuit board 40 or oxide, wiping amount is preferably no less than 1mm.According to the diagram of Figure 42 A, plate inclination angle phi is preferably no less than 25 degree, to guarantee that wiping amount is not less than 1mm.
Figure 43 A shows the relation in view of power F upwards preventing half situation about inserting of box from being applied with plate inclination angle phi by equipment side ground terminal 737.Calculating with Figure 42 A is similar, and the calculating of Figure 43 A also gives the distance L0 hypothesis equal to 63mm.The weight of box is assumed to be 30 grams at (including the weight of ink).This value is the standard weights of the box of the ink-jet printing apparatus for family's use.As shown in figure 25, the bonding part 810 of " box half insert " indication rod 80 is just positioned at the state of side of elastic component 682, i.e. and then complete the state before engaging.This half state inserted also referred to as " half engages ".In half engagement state, the contact of multiple equipment sides forms only equipment side ground terminal 737 among component 731-739 and applies power upwards to circuit board 40.It should be noted that, in the printing equipment that figure 1 illustrates, keeper 60 does not have lid.When user looses one's grip in half engagement state, box 20 can be maintained at half engagement state.The power upwards that diagrammatically show of Figure 43 A is applied by equipment side ground terminal 737 is with this half result of calculation inserted of keeping box 20.Figure 43 B shows the relation of power F upwards and plate inclination angle phi.
In half engagement state of Figure 26, equipment side ground terminal 737 power upwards applied is the +Z direction vector components (in the present embodiment for vector components straight up) of the power being applied to circuit board 40 (and box 20) from equipment side ground terminal 737.When the ground terminal 437 of circuit board 40 presses to equipment side ground terminal 737, it is applied to ground terminal 437 along exerting pressure of the direction vertical with the plate surface of circuit board 40 by the elastic force of equipment side ground terminal 737.The calculating of the power upwards of Figure 43 A is that the F0 that exerts pressure based on equipment side ground terminal 737 is carried out along the hypothesis that the direction vertical with plate surface is 0.2N.Because power F upwards (=F0 × cos phi) is the +Z direction vector components of F0 of exerting pressure, as shown in the dotted line in Figure 43 B, as plate inclination angle phi=0, F=F0=0.2N sets up.Along with plate inclination angle phi changes, power F upwards changes according to curve F=F0 × cosphi.The curve of Figure 43 A is curve F=F0 × cos phi.Along with plate inclination angle phi increases (phi is close to 90 degree), plate surface is close to XZ plane and reduces power F upwards.It is about 0.15N (thick horizontal position in Figure 43 A) with power FB upwards of box 20 balance of the weight of distance L0 and 30 grams with 63mm.This represents that the power upwards not less than 0.15N makes box 20 can be pressed straight up by equipment side ground terminal 737.In order to ensure the power upwards not less than 0.15N, as being clearly understood that by Figure 43 A, plate inclination angle phi is preferably not more than 40 degree.
When user looses one's grip in half engagement state of Figure 26, and box 20 can be maintained in half engagement state.But, if plate inclination angle phi is arranged to no more than 40 degree as shown in Figure 43 A, then when user looses one's grip in half engagement state, then equipment side ground terminal 737 is along the front 203 of +Z direction (upward direction) pressing box 20.Box is clearly separated by this from the bonding part 810 of bar 80, and contributes to the user discover that the installation of failure.From this point of view, preferably plate inclination angle phi is set to no more than 40 degree.
Figure 44 and Figure 45 shows the feature in X-direction with larger sized box compared to the size of the box in Figure 42 and Figure 43 A.Although assuming that in Figure 42 and Figure 43 A box has distance L0=63mm, it is assumed that box has distance L0=88mm in Figure 44 and Figure 45.Calculating with Figure 43 A is similar, the calculating of the power upwards of Figure 45 be weight based on F0=0.2N and box (including the weight of ink) be the hypothesis of 30g.As understanding can be will be apparent from by the result of Figure 44, similar with the result of Figure 42 A, it is preferably no less than 25 degree in order to ensure wiping amount not less than 1mm, plate inclination angle phi.Although the 63mm in calculating relative to Figure 43 A, distance L0 is 80mm in the calculating of Figure 45, and about 0.15N (thick horizontal position in Figure 45) almost equal with Figure 43 with the power upwards of the box 20 of the weight with 30 grams balance.As will be apparent from understanding by the result of Figure 45, similar with the result of Figure 43 A, in order to prevent the half of box to engage, plate inclination angle phi is preferably not more than 40 degree.
By considering the characteristic of Figure 42 to Figure 45 discussed above, preferably plate inclination angle phi is set to not less than 25 degree and no more than 40 degree.
Even if exerting pressure of the increase of equipment side ground terminal 737 also ensures that enough power upwards under bigger plate inclination angle phi.In this case, preferably by equipment side ground terminal 737 exert pressure and plate inclination angle phi be set to when user looses one's grip from box 20 in half engagement state so that box 20 can by equipment side ground terminal 737 exert pressure upwards pressure and change the value to disengaged position from plate bonding state.
7th face 207 and terminal support structure 408 form a part for the outer surface of box 20.More specifically, the 7th face 207 and terminal support structure 408 form a part for the angle part 265 connected in the first face 201 and the 3rd face 203, wherein, a part for first outer surface becoming box 20 with third surface shape.In order to be more fully understood that, by thick line, angle part 265 is shown in fig .9.3rd face 203 and angle part 265 the first equipment side side wall member 603 (Figure 14) with keeper 60 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60 is relative, as described below.Therefore 3rd face 203 and angle part 265 are called " the first opposite outer wall surfaces ".Fourth face 204 is as described below relative with the second equipment side side wall member 604 (Figure 15) of keeper 60 in installment state.Therefore fourth face 204 is called " the second opposite outer wall surfaces ".
As shown in Figure 10 A, circuit board 40 has the boss groove 401 in+Z-direction end and the boss hole 402 at-Z-direction side end.Circuit board 40 is fixed to the octahedral 208 of box 20 by means of boss groove 401 and boss hole 402.It is arranged on the position that plane Yc of the central authorities with the width (length in Y direction) through box 20 intersects according to the present embodiment, boss groove 401 and boss hole 402.According in another embodiment, at least one in boss groove 401 and boss hole 402 can be saved from circuit board 40, and circuit board 40 can be secured to octahedral 208 by adhesive or the engagement pawl being arranged on octahedral 208 (not diagram).
As shown in figs. 10 a and 10b, circuit board 40 includes the box side terminal 400 being arranged on terminal support structure 408 and the memory cell 420 being arranged on the back side 409.Terminal support structure 408 and the back side 409 are planes.In circuit board 40 is installed to the installment state of box 20, on being positioned at of terminal support structure 408+Z-direction side, part or the limit of highest distance position are referred to as plate end 405.
Box side terminal 400 includes nine terminals 431 to 439.Memory cell 420 stores the information (such as, the surplus of ink and ink color) of the ink about box 20.Box side terminal 400 is electrical conductivity, and may be connected to the electronic installation of a part as box 20.As used herein, electronic installation may indicate that transistor, sensor or storage device, or those skilled in the art it is conceivable that other produce electric currents or the device powered by electric current.
As shown in Figure 10 A, nine box side terminal 431-439 are similar to rectangular shape, and are arranged as two row the most vertical with installation direction SD.Substantially vertical row extends along the width (Y direction) of box 20.The row being located behind relative to installation direction SD in two row is referred to as the first terminal row R1 (descending R1), is referred to as the second rows of terminals R2 (up R2) relative to installation direction SD at front-seat row.The first terminal row R1 and the second rows of terminals R2 have diverse location in the Z-axis direction.More specifically, the first terminal row R1 be positioned at the second rows of terminals R2-Z-direction side on.In terminal 431 to 439, each has contact portion cp the most at its center, and it contacts with contact mechanism 70.The first terminal row R1 and the second rows of terminals R2 may be considered that the line formed by multiple contact portions cp.
Terminal 431-439 can by according to their function or apply corresponding following title to call.In order to separate with the terminal region on printing machine 50, word " box side " can be by the prefix as each title.Such as, " ground terminal 437 " can be referred to as " box side ground terminal 437 ".
<the first terminal row R1>
(1) detection terminal 435 (the first terminal) is installed;
(2) power supply terminal 436;
(3) ground terminal 437;
(4) data terminal 438;And
(5) detection terminal 439 (the second terminal) is installed
<the second rows of terminals R2>
(6) detection terminal 431 (the 3rd terminal) is installed;
(7) reseting terminal 432;
(8) clock terminal 433;And
(9) detection terminal 434 (the 4th terminal) is installed.
Contact portion cp of contact portion cp of the terminal 435-439 on the first terminal row R1 and the terminal 431-434 in the second rows of terminals R2 is typically arranged alternately, or more specifically arranges with zigzag.
Four install detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 be used to detect with the relevant device side terminal being arranged in contact mechanism 70 good/intersect electrical contact so that printing machine 50 can detect whether box 20 is properly installed the design and installation position of keeper 60.These four terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are together referred to as " installation detection terminal ".According to the present embodiment, four box side terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are electrically connected to each other in circuit board 40.When box 20 is installed to keeper 60, these terminals 431,434,435 and 439 electrically connect via ground terminal 437 with the earth connection (not shown) on printing machine 50.Will be described below by using four to install the method that detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 detects installation.
Other five box side terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438 are the terminals for memory cell 420.These five terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438 are thus called " memory terminal ".
Reseting terminal 432 receives reset signal RST of memory cell 420 to be provided to.Clock terminal 433 receives clock signal SCK of memory cell 420 to be provided to.Power supply terminal 436 receives the supply voltage VDD (such as, the rated voltage of 3.3V) of memory cell 420 to be provided to.Ground terminal 437 receives the ground voltage VSS (0V) of memory cell 420 to be provided to.Data terminal 438 receives the data-signal SDA of memory cell 420 to be provided to.
As the first terminal 435 installing one of detection terminal include being positioned at box side terminal 400 +Y direction side on the first outside 435P.As the second terminal 439 installing one of detection terminal include being positioned at box side terminal 400-Y direction side on the second outside 439P.As the 3rd terminal 431 installing one of detection terminal include being positioned at the second terminal line R +Y direction side on the 3rd outside 431P.As the 4th terminal 434 installing one of detection terminal include being positioned at the second terminal line R-Y direction side on the 4th outside 434P.In this embodiment, first to the 4th outside 435P, 439P, 431P, 434P is the basic straight edge of respective terminal and extends substantially along Z-direction, but this should not be taken as limiting.Such as, edge can be bending, and can extend along not parallel with Z-direction direction, such as to shown in the terminal 431,434 in the example of Figure 41 A and Figure 41 B, and the outside of terminal is still construed as the edge outermost portion along Y direction.
Between contact portion cp of box side terminal 400, center in the Y-axis direction has the ground terminal 437 of contact portion cp and is arranged on the position that plane Yc with width (Y direction length) central authorities through box 20 is intersected.It is axial symmetry that contact portion cp of other terminals 431-436,438 and 439 is arranged to relative to the cross spider of plane Yc and ground terminal 437.Ground terminal 437 is configured to during box 20 is installed to keeper 60 at other boxes side terminal 431-436, contacts contact mechanism 70 before 438 and 439.Therefore, before and after box is fully assembled, first it is applied to basic the generation in the width of box 20 or the basic center of Y direction length of exerting pressure of circuit board 40 from keeper 60.This prevent and be applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 and play a role and make box 20 tilt to Y direction, and so that box 20 is installed in the installation site of design.Ground terminal 437 contacts at other terminals 431-436, before 438 and 439 with this of contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60, even if when less desirable high voltage is applied to box 20, also can advantageously prevent or reduce, by the grounding function of ground terminal 437, problem and the fault that high voltage causes.
According to the present embodiment, it is more longer than other terminals 431-436,438 and 439 that ground terminal 437 is formed along Z-direction.Which ensure that contacting of the ground terminal 437 contact mechanism 70 with keeper 60.According to another embodiment, the whole box side terminal 431-439 on circuit board 40 can be formed as same size.
As it is shown in figure 9, ink feed structure 280 highlights from the first face 201 along-Z-direction.Ink feed structure 280 connects via printing material flow path 282 with ink chamber 200.Ink feed structure 280 is connected with the printing material supply pipe 640 (Fig. 5) of printing machine 50, will be received in ink feed 540 (Fig. 1) to the end in ink chamber 200.In other words, ink feed structure 280 opens laterally, will be received in ink feed in ink chamber 200 to outside box 20.As seen by Fig. 5 A, ink feed structure 280 need not highlight from the first face 201.Additionally, in one embodiment, it can flush with the first face 201 or be substantially flush.In such an embodiment, when box 20 is mounted, printing material supply pipe 640 is raised with immediately first.
Ink feed structure 280 be arranged on the first face 201 compared to the position close to the 3rd face 203 closer to fourth face 204.Between outer surface and the 3rd face 203 of ink feed structure 280, the distance along X-direction is correspondingly greater than the distance between the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and fourth face 204.
Ink feed structure 280 has open periphery end.It is called open surface 288 on the surface of this end, opening periphery, or is alternatively referred to as installation direction leading edge, and in installment state, define horizontal plane.That is, open surface 288 is box leading edge (X/Y plane) on installation direction SD, and defines the XY axial plane parallel with X-axis and Y-axis.
Resin foam 284 open surface 288+Z-direction side on position or be arranged in ink feed structure 280 specifically in the position contacted with printing material flow path 282.According to this city example, before shipping box 20, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 is sealed by containment member (not shown, such as cap or film).When box 20 is installed to keeper 60, removed from box 20 for sealing the containment member (not shown) of open surface 288.
According to the present embodiment, ink feed structure 280 highlights along-Z-direction when centered by the central shaft C of printing material supply pipe 640.According to another embodiment, the central authorities of ink feed structure 280 can deviate from the central shaft C of printing material supply pipe 640.According to the present embodiment, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 is by observing formed along-Z-direction relative to the housing of the multiple axisymmetrical parallel with X-axis and Y-axis.According to another embodiment, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 can be formed by asymmetric housing, and can have the installation direction leading edge defining plane.It is the rectangular shape of chamfering according to the present embodiment from the open surface 288 of Z-direction observation, but can have any other suitable shape, such as, accurately circular, oval, oval, square or rectangle according to other embodiments.
As shown in Figure 9 A, plane BP is the plane formed by the installation direction leading edge of the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280.Distance A is the distance between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210.Distance B is the distance between the bonding part of plane BP and the second restricted part 220.Distance C is plane BP with bar 80 around the distance of the pivotal point of rotary shaft 800c.As seen in figure 9 a, when along orthogonal with plane BP orientation measurement, distance B between the bonding part of plane BP and the second box side restricted part 220 is more than distance A between plane BP and the bonding part 212 of the first restricted part 210.When along orthogonal with plane BP orientation measurement, distance A between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210 less than plane BP and bar 80 around distance C of the pivotal point of rotary shaft 800c.The most as shown in Figure 9 A, plane TP is the plane formed by inclined-plane terminal support structure 408, and itself and inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 itself is parallel in the present embodiment, and in order to simply, terminal support structure 408 can be used to simply plane TP.Plane TP is not neither parallel with plane BP vertical with plane BP.Terminal support structure 408 has box side terminal 400, itself and the equipment side termination contact (Fig. 2) of contact mechanism 70.
As it is shown in fig. 7, the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the 3rd face 203.First box side restricted part 210 be positioned at ink feed structure 280 and circuit board 40+Z-direction side and+X-direction side on.First box side restricted part 210 is by bar 80 locking (Fig. 2), with the motion of constrained box 20 in the mounted state.First box side restricted part 210 is configured to the projection prominent along+X-direction (outwards) from the 3rd face 203.First box side restricted part 210 is positioned at along Z-direction compared to the position close to the second limit 291 closer to the first limit 290.According to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is orientated as and is closed on the first limit 290.
First box side restricted part 210 includes the Part I 212 extended along Y direction (width), the Part II 214 extended from Part I 212 along+Z-direction (direction straight up), and the Part III 215 extended along-Z-direction (vertically downward direction) from Part I 212.As it has been described above ,+Z-direction (direction straight up) is substantially and removes direction RD, and be substantially installation direction SD-Z-direction (vertically downward direction) is contrary.In installment state, first or bonding part 212 engage with the bonding part 810 of bar 80, with the motion of constrained box 20.Part II 214 is arranged to when box 20 is installed to keeper 60 by the expectation part locking Part I 212 of bar 80.
Part I 212 includes stopping surface 211 as the first box side chain of the first bearing part and the second box side chain as the second bearing part stops surface 213.First box side chain stops surface 211 towards+Z-direction.Second box side chain stops surface 213 towards+X-direction.Part III 215 contacts with Part I 212 and the first limit 290.
Box 20 also includes the second box side restricted part 220 being arranged on fourth face 204, the jut 260 being arranged on the 3rd face 203 and the 3rd box lateral spacing element 250 being arranged on the 7th face 207.
Second box side restricted part 220 is configured to from fourth face 204 along the prominent jut of-X-direction.Second box side restricted part 220 is inserted into the second equipment side of the form of the through hole with keeper 60 and limits in element 620 (Fig. 3).Box 20 is being installed to keeper 60 or during it unloads by user, is rotated around the second box side restricted part 220 being inserted into the second equipment side restriction element 620 (Fig. 2) by box 20.In other words, the second equipment side limits element 620 as box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or the guiding piece unloaded from it.This contributes to box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or unloading from it.In the installment state of box 20, the second box side restricted part 220 is limited element 620 locking by the second equipment side, with the constrained box 20 motion in installment state.Second box side restricted part 220 be positioned at ink feed structure 280 and circuit board 40+Z-direction side and-X-direction side on.
Jut 260 on the 3rd face 203 be positioned at the first box side restricted part 210+Z-direction side on.According to the present embodiment, what jut 260 was positioned on the 3rd face 203 include the second limit 291 +Z-direction position (uppermost position) place.
3rd box lateral spacing element 250 is configured to the both sides of the Y direction from the 7th face 207 along+a pair haunched member (limiting wall) that X-direction is prominent.This pair haunched member 250 receives the jut 636 (Fig. 2) that is plugged into, and with jut 636 collaborative work, constrained box 20 motion the most in the Y-axis direction.
Figure 11 is the rearview of box 20.Referring in particular to Figure 11, the second box side restricted part 220 is described.Second box side restricted part 220 includes as limiting the restriction locking surface 222 of locking element, chamfered surface the 224, first restriction side 226 and the second restriction side 228.
Limit locking surface 222 and towards+Z-direction and in installment state, form horizontal plane.Limit locking surface 222 to contact with the second equipment side restriction element 620 (Fig. 3), using as the rotation pivotal point being rotated at box 20 when unloading from keeper 60.
Limit locking surface 222 and limited element 620 locking by the second equipment side in installment state, with constrained box 20 motion in+Z-direction in installment state.Plane Yc that restriction locking surface 222 is arranged on the center of the width (Y direction length) through box 20 is intersected and the position vertical with this plane Yc.As it is shown in figure 5, in the installment state of box 20, box 20 receives from keeper 60 and includes-Ps and Pt that exert pressure of+Z-direction vector components.Limit locking surface 222 to be pressed towards the second equipment side restriction element 620 by these Ps and pt that exert pressure.Second equipment side limits element 620 and therefore contacts with the restriction locking surface 222 being parallel to Y direction.This reduce the possibility that box 20 tilts in installment state around X-axis.
Chamfered surface 224 is connected with housing 22, and tilts to the direction including +Z direction vector components and-X direction vector components.This makes to limit locking surface 222 can be smoothly directed to the second equipment side restriction element 620 during box 20 is installed to keeper 60.
First limit side 226 formed the second box side restricted part 220-Y direction side.Second limit side 228 formed the second box side restricted part 220+Y direction side.First to limit side 226 be the plane towards-Y direction, and second to limit side 228 be the plane towards+Y direction.It is plane parallel with X-direction and Z-direction respectively that first restriction side 226 limits side 228 with second.First and second limit side 226 and 228 interferes with the second equipment side restriction element 620, with constrained box 20 motion in the Y-axis direction in the installment state of box 20.
Figure 12 is the front view of box 20.Below with reference to Figure 12 the first box side restricted part 210 more particularly described below.First box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc.First box side chain only surface 211 is arranged on and intersects with plane Yc and the position vertical with this plane Yc.
First box side chain only surface 211 is not positioned at outside, but when from the 3rd side, face 203 along-X-direction observation box 20, on Y direction (width) outside the first outside 435P and second in scope 40Y between 439P.According to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 including the first box side chain only surface 211 is not positioned at outside, and is in scope 40Y.In other words, the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at by including dummy line 435PL of the first outside 435P and including the region that second dummy line 439PL of the second outside 439P limits.Dummy line 435PL and the second dummy line 439PL are the straight lines extended along Z-direction.
Figure 13 is the left side view of box 20.The position relationship of each component of box 20 is described with reference to Figure 13.The cross part that 3rd face 203 and inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 intersect is called " cross part 295 ".For the description " intersected " above in connection with term, the cross part that 3rd face 203 and inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 intersect not only includes the cross part in actual face 203 and terminal support structure 408, also include one in face 203 and terminal support structure 408 and face 203 and the cross part of the elongated surfaces of the another one of terminal support structure 408, or face 203 and the cross part of the elongated surfaces both terminal support structure 408.Cross part 295 is the line parallel with Y-axis.According to the present embodiment, cross part 295 is positioned at the plane extended from the 3rd face 203 along-Z-direction.Cross part 295 be correspondingly positioned in the 3rd face 203-Z-direction side on.The midpoint along Z-direction length on the 3rd face 203 (or more specifically, midpoint) between the 3rd face 203 and the cross part of contact portion plane TP and the second face 202 and the cross part in the 3rd face 203 is called midpoint 203P.
First box side restricted part 210 is located proximate to cross part 295.First box side restricted part 210 can also be considered as to be positioned adjacent to terminal support structure 408 and close to plate end 405.This represents that the first box side restricted part 210 can be fully closer to box side terminal 400, or more specifically, the part engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210 may be located at compared to close to the cross part in end face 202 and front 203 closer to the position of contact portion cp.First box side restricted part 210 be preferably provided in the 3rd face 203 compared on close to the second limit 291 closer to the specific part on the first limit 290, or more specifically, the part engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at compared to close to the cross part in end face 202 and front 203 closer to the position of cross part 295, and it is in the range of midpoint 203P to first limit 290.Particularly preferably the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on sufficiently close together or immediately the first limit 290 position.As used herein, " immediately " can represent " close ", " close " or " being in contact with it thereon ".As it has been described above, the part engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at compared to close to the cross part in end face 202 and front 203 closer to cross part 295 and/or close to the position of contact portion cp.Although in the present embodiment, as mentioned above, the cross part in end face 202 and front 203 is in fig. 13 by 291 positions represented, actual position intersected with each other, two surfaces when but this cross part need not, but the position that can be a face intersect with the elongated surfaces in another face, or the position that the elongated surfaces in two faces is intersected with each other, as shown in the dotted line in the embodiment of Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D.In the present embodiment, the distance between the 3rd face 203 and the cross part of contact portion plane TP and the second face 202 and the cross part in the 3rd face 203 is about 20mm.The distance that first box side chain of the 3rd face 203 and the cross part of contact portion plane TP and the first box side restricted part 210 stops between surface 211 is about 16mm.
The live part of the concrete position being used for constrained box side terminal 400 of the first box side restricted part 210 is that the first box side chain stops surface 211.It is therefore preferred to the first box side chain only surface 211 is positioned to as close possible to box side terminal 400.Omit the first box side restricted part 210 Part III 215 and and Part I 212 is orientated as contact the first limit 290 make the first box side chain stop surface 211 can be closer to cross part 295 or plate end 405.
Figure 13 is also shown for X-direction scope 250X and X-direction scope 408X of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 of the 3rd box lateral spacing element 250.As being clearly understood that by accompanying drawing, when from the first side, face 201 along+Z-direction observation box 20, a part for the 3rd box lateral spacing element 250 is the most overlapping with inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.
A-4. the concrete structure of keeper 60:
A-4-1. the general structure of keeper 60
Figure 14 and Figure 15 shows the stereogram of the structure of keeper 60.Figure 16 shows the top view of the structure of keeper 60.Figure 17 is the sectional view of the line F16-F16 acquirement along Figure 16.Jut 636 shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16 is omitted from the diagram of Figure 17.
As it has been described above, the keeper 60 of printing machine 50 has five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606, to form the depression box room 602 receiving box 20.Five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606 are together referred to as " room forms wall member 600 ".According to the present embodiment, five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606 are resin plate components, and are made up of synthetic resin, are more specifically made up of Noryl (m-PPE).
Wall member 601 forms the bottom surface of depression box room 602.Wall member 603,604,605 and 606 forms the side of depression box room 602.Wall member 601, wall member 603, wall member 604, wall member 605 and wall member 606 are respectively referred to as " equipment side diapire component 601 ", " the first equipment side side wall member 603 ", " the second equipment side side wall member 604 ", " the 3rd equipment side side wall member 605 " and " the 4th equipment side side wall member 606 ".
In printing material supply pipe 640 each and include in the contact mechanism 70 of equipment side terminal each all arranging along X-direction on wall member 601.Printing material supply pipe 640 is positioned in the side of the second equipment side side wall member 604, and contact mechanism 70 is positioned in the side of the first equipment side side wall member 603.In other words, printing material supply pipe 640 is arranged on compared to the position close to wall member 603 closer to wall member 604.Contact mechanism 70 is arranged on compared to the position close to printing material supply pipe 640 closer to the first equipment side side wall member 603.
Elastomeric element 648 is arranged on wall member 601 around printing material supply pipe 640.As with reference to described in Fig. 5, in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60, the periphery of the ink feed structure 280 of elastomeric element 648 seal box 20 and be therefore prevented from ink and leak into periphery from ink feed structure 280.In box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60, elastomeric element 648 produces, along by the direction (along+Z-direction) that ink feed structure 280 pressing of box 20 is gone back, the Ps (Fig. 5) that exerts pressure.
As shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16, keeper 60 has the opening OP running through box room 602 in the upside relative with wall member 601.When box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it, box 20 passes opening OP.
First equipment side side wall member 603 wall member 601+X-direction side on become vertical angle relative to wall member 601.According to the present embodiment, the first equipment side side wall member 603 +X-direction side forms outer wall 603W.In the use attitude of printing machine 50, outer wall 603W forms the front of keeper 60.Outer wall 603W extends along the orientation (Y direction) of multiple boxes 20.It is arranged on wall member 603 for installing or unload the bar 80 of box 20.Bar 80 is fixed in a movable manner via fixture 690, or the most rotatably, is fixed to wall member 603.In other words, bar 80 is fixed to be formed the fixture 690 of a part for wall member 603.The rotary shaft of bar 80 is parallel with Y direction.
Fixture 690 is arranged on corner 600C (equipment side corner) place (Figure 17), and the first equipment side side wall member 603 is intersected with base wall component 601 in this place.
As it is shown in figure 5, control member 830 be arranged on bar 80+Z-direction end.When this control member 830 is pressed towards-X-direction side by user from+X-direction side (that is, when applying operating physical force Pr as user to control member 830), bar 80 rotates counterclockwise (observing from+Y direction) around rotary shaft.Bar 80 correspondingly rotates in the XZ plane parallel with X-direction and Z-direction.
Bar 80 is set to form, with room, the component that wall member 601,603,604,605 and 606 separates.Bar 80 is made up of synthetic resin, is more specifically made up of polyformaldehyde (POM) according to the present embodiment.Bar 80 has the rigidity of the specified level that be enough to locking rod 80.More specifically, bar 80 preferably has the rigidity the most not caused bar 80 to deform by the power (such as, the power of 14.4N) applied from the box 20 being in installment state.Such as, the deformation of the bar 80 caused by the external force applying 14.4N from box 20 is preferably not more than about 0.5mm.Bar 80 does not the most have any elastically deformable part.This reduce the possibility that bar 80 is significantly deformed in the installment state of box 20 by the power applied from box 20, and stable electrically connecting of guaranteeing between box side terminal 400 and the equipment side terminal of contact mechanism 70.The bar 80 that offer separates with room formation wall member 601,603,604,605 and 606 advantageously increases the free degree of the material of selector 80.
Referring back to Figure 14 to Figure 17, wall member 604 wall member 601-X-direction side on relative to wall member 601 degree in a vertical angle.Wall member 604 is relative across box room 602 with wall member 603.According to the present embodiment, wall member 604 forms the back side of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printing machine 50.Wall member 604 extends along the direction (Y direction) that multiple boxes 20 arrange.Second equipment side limits element 620 and is arranged on wall member 604.It is the through hole (Figure 17) passed along X-direction that second equipment side limits element 620.According to another embodiment, it can be the depression opened to box room 602 that the second equipment side limits element 620.
Describing as discussed above concerning Fig. 5, the second equipment side limits element 620 and is configured to engage with the second box side restricted part 220.Second equipment side limits element 620 as box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or the guiding piece unloaded from it.Second equipment side limits element 620 locking the second box side restricted part 220 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60.More specifically, second equipment side limit element 620 second box side restricted part 220 is locked at be positioned at printing material supply pipe 640+Z-direction side and-X-direction side on the second lock position 620L.According to the present embodiment, the second equipment side limits element 620 and is configured to through hole, and it has the size receiving the second box side restricted part 220, and has equipment side locking surface 622.Equipment side locking surface 622 is the plane towards-Z-direction, and the restriction locking surface 222 of the second box side restricted part 220 is carried out locking (Figure 11).Equipment side locking surface 622+X-direction end 624 contacts with the second box side restricted part 220, and therefore as the rotation pivotal point for box 20 is write from keeper 60.
As shown in figure 17, the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60 have be arranged on second equipment side limit element 620+Z-direction side on space 670.Space 670 provides space, when box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it, it is allowed to box 20 limits the near zone of element 620 around the second equipment side and rotates as rotating pivotal point.According to the present embodiment, space 670 is formed by the step caved on-X-direction from the second equipment side side wall member 604 along+Z-direction ladder.According to another embodiment, space 670 can be formed by the chamfered surface being gradually lowered in-X-direction along+Z-direction of wall member 604.
As shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16, wall member 605 wall member 601-Y direction side on relative to wall member 601 degree in a vertical angle.According to the present embodiment, wall member 605 forms the right flank of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printing machine 50.Wall member 605 is connected with wall member 603 and 605.Wall member 605 intersects along X-direction extension and the orientation (Y direction) with multiple boxes 20.
Wall member 606 wall member 601+Y direction side on relative to wall member 601 degree in a vertical angle.Wall member 606 is relative with wall member 605 across box room 602.According to the present embodiment, wall member 606 forms the left surface of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printing machine 50.Wall member 606 is connected with wall member 603 and 604.Wall member 606 extends along X-direction, and intersects with the orientation (Y direction) of multiple boxes 20.
According to the above-mentioned position relationship of wall member 601 and 603-606, wall member 601 is perpendicular to Z-direction;Wall member 603 and 604 is the most relative to each other;Wall member 605 and 606 is the most relative to each other;And wall member 601 and opening OP are the most relative to each other.
Contact mechanism 70 is arranged at the 600C of corner, and wall member 603 with keeper 60 intersects herein for wall member 601.Contact mechanism 70 is positioned at compared to the position close to printing material supply pipe 640 closer to wall member 603.Contact mechanism 70 includes multiple equipment side terminals that are corresponding with each terminal 431-439 (Figure 10) of box side terminal 400 and that contact, and arranges the terminal base of multiple equipment side terminal on it.
A-4-2. the concrete structure of contact mechanism 70:
Figure 18 is the stereogram of the contact mechanism 70 unloaded from keeper 60.
Contact mechanism 70 includes that terminal base 709 and the equipment side terminal being positioned on terminal base 709 or contact form component 731-739.Being each the elastic component with electric conductivity in equipment side terminal 731-739, and have from the prominent ledge of equipment side chamfered surface 708, it is shifted by external force.In box 20 is installed to the state of keeper 60, equipment side terminal 731-739 produces pressure or elastic force Pt (exerting pressure) (Fig. 5) along the direction (including +Z direction vector components and the direction of-X direction vector components) pushed back by the circuit board 40 of box 20.At box 20 by when pressing towards equipment side chamfered surface 708 from the prominent equipment side terminal 731-739 of equipment side chamfered surface 708, produce elastic (pressure) power Pt as reaction force.Box 20 is promoted by the vector components of obtained elastic force PT produced by equipment side terminal 731-739 along removing direction RD, as it has been described above, the direction is the direction contrary with installation direction SD.
Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are arranged on the position corresponding for box side terminal 431-439 with nine.Equipment side terminal 731 is called " installing detection terminal 731 (the 3rd terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 732 is called " reseting terminal 732 ".Equipment side terminal 733 is called " clock terminal 733 ".Equipment side terminal 734 is called " installing detection terminal 734 (the 4th terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 735 is called " installing detection terminal 735 (the first terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 736 is called " power supply terminal 736 ".Equipment side terminal 737 is called " ground terminal 737 ".Equipment side terminal 738 is called " data terminal 738 ".Equipment side terminal 739 is called " installing detection terminal 739 (the second terminal) ".In order to distinguish with box side terminal, word " equipment side " can be by the prefix as each title.Such as, " ground terminal 737 " can be referred to as " equipment side ground terminal 737 ".Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are together referred to as equipment side terminal 700.
Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are arranged as the first equipment side terminal line and the second equipment side terminal line in the Z-axis direction with diverse location.First equipment side terminal line includes five equipment side terminal 735-739, and the second equipment side terminal line includes four equipment side terminal 731-734.First equipment side terminal line be positioned at the second equipment side terminal line-Z-direction side on.The number of equipment side terminal is not limited to nine, and can become greater than nine according to the structure of circuit board 40 or be less than any desired number of nine.
In nine equipment side terminal 731-739, the equipment side ground terminal 737 of the basic central authorities being positioned in Y direction electrically connects with earth connection (not shown).Equipment side ground terminal 737 is more than other equipment sides terminal 731-736,738 and the height of 739 from the prominent height of equipment side chamfered surface 708.Equipment side ground terminal 737 is therefore at other equipment sides terminal 731-736, contact with the circuit board 40 of box 20 before 738 and 739.
According to the present embodiment, in order to accelerate the assembling of printing machine, equipment side terminal 731-739 is positioned on terminal base 709, and forms one with the contact mechanism 70 being attached in keeper 60.But, the contact mechanism 70 using the one of terminal base 709 is optional.According to another embodiment, can be integrally formed with the base wall component 601 of keeper 60 or outer wall 603W for receiving the suitable construction of equipment side terminal 731-739, and equipment side terminal 731-739 can be incorporated in this structure.Therefore terminal base 709 is not required.
A-4-3. the structure of bar 80
Figure 19 shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of bar 80.Figure 20 shows the cross section of the axis body 850 obtained along the plane (XZ plane, the plane vertical with Y-axis) parallel with X-axis and Z axis.Figure 21 shows the cross section along the bar 80 obtained through the central area on the width (Y direction) of bar 80 and the plane (XZ plane, the plane vertical with Y-axis) parallel with X-axis and Z axis.Figure 21 shows the cross section of state lower beam 80 of design and installation position being properly installed keeper 60 at box 20.
As shown in Figure 19 and Figure 21, bar 80 includes control member 830, a pair axis body 850, guiding elements 820 and bonding part 810.Bar 80 has control member 830 at its one end (+Z-direction end) and has bonding part 810 at opposite side (-Z-direction end).Bar 80 has rotary shaft 800c between control member 830 and bonding part 810.In other words, bar 80 is wound on the rotary shaft 800c pivot of the position between control member 830 and bonding part 810.
The control member 830 of bar 80 receives by user's externally applied forces.As shown in figure 21, control member 830 be arranged on bar 80+Z-direction end.In box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60, control member 830 be positioned at rotary shaft 800c+Z-direction side on.Control member 830 be positioned at the first equipment side side wall member 603 of keeper 60+Z-direction side on (Figure 15).
Control member 830 has operation surface 835 and control member apparent surface 831.Operation surface 835 receive by user from+X-direction lateral-X-direction side externally applied forces (power Pr shown in Fig. 5), so that box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60.Control member apparent surface 831 is face relative with box 20 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60.
As shown in figure 19, a pair axis body 850 is arranged on the substantial middle position between the end of bar 80.A pair axis body 850 defines rotary shaft 800c of bar 80.Rotary shaft 800c is parallel with Y direction (orientation of box 20).An axis body 850a (being called " the first axle body 850a ") in a pair axis body 850 bar 80+Y direction side on highlight along+Y direction from outer surface 893.Another axis body 850b (being called " the second axle body 850b ") in a pair axis body 850 bar 80-Y direction side on highlight along-Y direction from outer surface 891.Outer surface 891 and 893 also referred to as side 891 and 893.A pair axis body 850 being arranged on bar 80 easily limits rotary shaft 800c by using fixture as above.
According to the present embodiment, each axis body 850 has inner arcuate surface 852, outer arcuate surface 854 and radial side 856 and 858.Each face 852,854,856 and 858 forms the outer surface of axis body 850.Inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate surface 854 are called " the first curved surfaces 852 " and " the second curved surfaces 854 " respectively.Inner arcuate surface 852 is corresponding with rotary shaft 800c with the center on outer arcuate surface 854.Inner arcuate surface 852 be positioned at compared to close to outer arcuate surface 854 closer to the second equipment side side wall member 604 position (that is, its-X-direction side on).
As shown in figure 20, inner arcuate surface 852 forms the arc around rotary shaft 800c on the cross section parallel with X-axis and Z axis, and it has radius R1a.Outer arcuate surface 854 forms the arc around rotary shaft 800c on the cross section parallel with X-axis and Z axis, and it has radius R2a.Radius R1a is less than radius R2a.As it has been described above, each axis body 850 has concentric inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate surface 854, this center of circle is positioned at compared to close to the outer arcuate surface 854 of the part as outer surface closer to the position of the second equipment side side wall member 604.Therefore rotary shaft 800c may be located at the position in box room 602 closer to box 20, and does not interferes with box 20.This makes the bonding part 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 can be reduced the deviation from the first lock position 810L by bonding part 810 locking simultaneously.If rotary shaft 800c be positioned at box 20 away from position, bar 80 all can cause bonding part 810 along the notable displacement of Z-direction from any movement of installation site that the correct installment state for box 20 designs.Rotary shaft 800c is positioned at the position closer to box 20 and desirably reduces when bar 80 moves from standard gestures in box 20 is suitably attached to the state of design and installation position, bonding part 810 displacement in the Z-axis direction.That is, this location makes box 20 when having from the first less deviation of lock position 810L by bonding part 810 locking.The radius R1a that the radius R2a on outer arcuate surface 854 is set greater than inner arcuate surface 852 advantageously prevent the intensity decline of axis body 850." lock position (the first lock position) 810L " represents when box 20 is installed to the installation site being arranged to ideal design position, the first equipment side locking surface 811 (Part I of bonding part 810) and the first box side chain stop surface 211 (the first bearing part of the first box side restricted part 210) against position.
Bonding part 810 is used in installment state locking box 20 and the motion of constrained box 20.As shown in figure 21, bonding part 810 be arranged on bar 80-Z-direction end on.Bonding part 810 be positioned in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60 rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side on.
As shown in figure 21, bonding part 810 by two parts by the first box side restricted part 210 (Fig. 5) locking.Bonding part 810 includes the first equipment side locking surface 811 (the first equipment side limits element) as Part I and as the groove 815 of Part II and the second equipment side locking surface 813 (the second equipment side limits element).According to the present embodiment, two equipment side locking surfaces 811 and 813 of bonding part 810 are positioned as intersected with each other.
First equipment side locking surface 811 is the curved surface forming arc around rotary shaft 800c.Therefore first equipment side locking surface 811 has the arc around rotary shaft 800c on the cross section (that is, the cross section that parallel with XZ plane cross section is vertical with Y-axis) parallel with X-axis and Z axis.In order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, this structure makes the first equipment side locking surface 811 can smoothly move to the first lock position 810L and box 20.This structure it is ensured that be smoothly installed to keeper 60 and unload from it by box 20.
At lock position (the first lock position) 810L, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is in the X-axis direction close to rotary shaft 800c.In other words, according to the present embodiment, at lock position (the first lock position) 810L, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is orientated as almost immediately below rotary shaft 800c.At the 810L of lock position, the first equipment side locking surface 811 thus defines the plane intersected with+Z-direction power with approximate right angle, the box 20 being in installment state from equipment side terminal 700 and elastomeric element 648 receive should+Z-direction power.According to the present embodiment, the plane contacted with the first equipment side locking surface 811 as curved surface is basic horizontal plane at the 810L of lock position.This reduce the possibility engaging releasing that the first box side chain while box 20 is installed in printing machine stops between surface 211 with the first equipment side locking surface 811.Therefore, the first lock position 810L in the X-axis direction preferably close to rotary shaft 800c and rotary shaft 800c-X-direction side on position.This makes the plane basic horizontal contacted with the first equipment side locking surface 811 and prevents and apply+X-direction power from the box 20 being in installment state to the first equipment side locking surface 811.Even if be offset slightly from from the first lock position 810L in the actual lock position on the first box side chain only surface 211 and the first equipment side locking surface 811, the first lock position 810L orientated as and desirably reduces lock position deviation in the Z-axis direction close to rotary shaft 800c in the X-axis direction.In other words, this reduce box 20 in the Z-axis direction relative to the deviation of keeper 60, and ensure that the excellent electric contact of box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700.Such as, on the cross section of the bar 80 obtained along the plane parallel with X-axis and Z axis, first lock position 810L should be located such that and be preferably not more than 15 degree through rotary shaft 800c and the angle A the straight line parallel with Z-direction and straight line rotary shaft 800c and the first lock position 810L connected, more preferably no more than 10 degree, and more preferably it is not more than 5 degree.Angle A is also preferably not less than 1 degree.
As shown in figure 19, guiding elements 820 is arranged between control member 830 and bonding part 810, to extend to-Z-direction end from+Z-direction end.Guiding elements 820 is used for, during box 20 is installed to keeper 60, first box side restricted part 210 (shown in Figure 12) is directed to bonding part 810, simultaneously constrained box 20 motion in the Y-axis direction.Therefore box 20 can be properly installed design and installation position.
Guiding elements 820 is to be guided diapire 821 and from the depression guiding the diapire 821 a pair guiding wall 860 towards-X-direction degree in a vertical angle to be formed by arrange along Y direction.Guide diapire 821 and this that guiding wall 860 is easily formed depression, to receive the first box side restricted part 210 being configured to projection.Guiding wall 860 includes being arranged on by this+Y direction side on the first guiding wall 860a and be arranged on-Y direction side on the second guiding wall 860b.Axis body 850a is positioned on the outer surface 893 of the first guiding wall 860a, and axis body 850b is positioned on the outer surface 891 of the second guiding wall 860b.
Space between two guiding wall 860a and 860b, i.e., distance between the inner surface of two guiding wall 860a and 860b, less than the Y direction length of box 20, but is greater than the Y direction length (as seen) of the first box side restricted part 210 by Figure 12.In order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, first box side restricted part 210 is received by guiding elements 820, and simply and reliably it is directed to bonding part 810, and this motion on Y direction of principal axis to guiding wall 860a and 860b constrained box 20, and guide diapire 821 constrained box 20 motion in the Z-axis direction.
The diapire 821 part in side, bonding part 810 is guided to have groove 870, its Part II 214 (Figure 12) being configured to receive the first box side restricted part 210.Groove 870 sink along+X-direction from the surface guiding diapire 821.Groove 870 from guide diapire 821 central authorities on+Z-direction extend to its-Z-direction end.
The bar 80 being arranged on keeper 60 is configured to, by its static load, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is moved to the first lock position 810L.When axis body 850 is fixed by fixture 690, bar 80 is inclined by, with the first equipment side locking surface 811 is positioned at rotary shaft 800c-X-direction side on (Figure 21).According to an embodiment, by the center of gravity of bar 80 is positioned at rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side and-X-direction side on so that bar 80 tilts.According to another embodiment, by the center of gravity of bar 80 is positioned at rotary shaft 800c+Z-direction side and+X-direction side on so that bar 80 tilts.
A-4-4. the concrete structure of fixture 690
Figure 22 is exploded perspective view and the stereogram of bar 80 of fixture 690.Bar 80 is fixed by fixture 690, to be rotatably mounted keeper 60.Figure 22 shows that the part-structure of bar 80 fixed by fixture 690.Fixture 690 is to be fixed component 650 by first and the second combination fixing component 680 is constituted.Fixture 690 is made up of synthetic resin, is more specifically made up of ABS resin according to the present embodiment.
First fixes component 650 has a pair upstanding portion 651 and through hole 658.According to the present embodiment, first fixes component 650 also has the jut 636 limiting element as the 3rd equipment side.
First fixes this of component 650 is arranged as across the space for receiving bar 80 upstanding portion 651.Each upstanding portion 651 has supporting member 645, to receive the axis body 850 of bar 80.According to the present embodiment, each upstanding portion 651 also has for engaging the second joint hole 656 fixing component 680.
Second fixes component 680 has a pair upstanding portion 681 and through hole 688.According to the present embodiment, second fixes component 680 also has elastic component 682.
Second this that space identical to the space between upstanding portion 651 being disposed through upstanding portion 681 fixing component 650 with first fixing component 680.Each upstanding portion 681 has stop surface 684 to stop supporting member 654, in case the axis body 850 of stopping bar 80 unexpectedly with supporting Element 654 is separately.According to this embodiment, each upstanding portion 681 also has engagement tab 686 to be coupled in the first joint hole 656 fixing component 650.
In order to bar 80 is installed to keeper 60, by being arranged in the corresponding supporting member 654 of the first upstanding portion 651 fixing component 650 by each axis body 850 of bar 80, position bar 80.Subsequently, two fixing components 650 and 680 are assembled so that supporting member 654 (it has the axis body 850 being coupled to bar 80 therein) is stopped by the second corresponding stop surface 684 fixing component 680.First and second fix component 650 and 680 is such as fixed to the wall of keeper 60 afterwards by the screw being arranged in through hole 658 and 688.Bar 80 is rotatably installed to keeper 60 by this.
Figure 23 is the peripheral structure of bar 80 in box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60.Describe the axis body 852 and first of bar 80 with reference to Figure 23 and fix the relation between the supporting member 654 of component 650.Figure 23 shows the cross section along the bar 80 that box 20 carries out locking obtained through the first equipment side locking surface 811 and the plane parallel with X-axis and Z axis.The prominent shape of the axis body 850 of the bar 80 shown in phantom in Figure 23, and double dot dash line shows the prominent shape of supporting member 654 and stop surface 684.
As being clearly understood that by Figure 23, inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate surface 854 by axis body 850 position with rotary shaft 800c to bar 80 that contacts of supporting member 654.Bar 80 is rotated counterclockwise (observing from+Y direction) make the radial side 856 of axis body 850 and supporting member 654 against.This further restricts turn clockwise (from+Y direction observation) of bar 80.Which ensure that the stable rotation of bar 80, and box 20 is maintained at stable state the installation site of design.
In bar 80 rotary course, elastic component 682 abut against rotary shaft 800c-Z-direction side on the joint back side 880 of bar 80.Therefore box 20 is being installed to keeper 60 or is limiting the rotating range of bar 80 during it unloads by elastic component 682.During box 20 is installed to keeper 60, elastic component 682 is against the joint back side 880 of bar 80, and elastic deformation so that it is along including-and the direction of X-direction vector components presses to engaging the back side 880.Which ensure that the bonding part 810 of bar 80 moves to lock position (the first lock position) 810L.
A-5. box 20 is installed to keeper 60 and unloads from it:
Figure 24 to Figure 27 shows the process (installation process) that box 20 is installed or is arranged to keeper 60.Figure 24 to Figure 27 is the sectional view corresponding with Fig. 5 and Figure 17, and once order is arranged sequentially in time.
In order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, first process is box 20 to be inserted through the end face of keeper 60, as shown in figure 24.It is that box 20 is moved along-Z-direction or installation direction after process, so that the second restricted part 220 side, box side of box 20 initially enters keeper 60 and the second box side restricted part 220 is inserted into the second equipment side afterwards limits element 620.In the state of Figure 24, the bonding part 810 of the bar 80 that the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 is located in keeper 60+Z-direction side on.
Box 20 pivots (from+Y direction observation) clockwise around the second box side restricted part 220, this the second box side restricted part 220 is inserted into the second equipment side and limits in element 620 as the pivotal point rotated from the state of Figure 24 so that the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 is moved towards the wall member 601 of keeper 60.As shown in figure 25, move along-Z-direction after first box side restricted part 210, box 20 is limited by by the guiding elements 820 (that is, a pair lead arm 860a and 860b) of the bar 80 in Figure 19 along Y direction with along moving of X-direction simultaneously, and guides diapire 821 to limit.
When box 20 rotates from the state of Figure 25 further to be pressed into the 3rd side, face 203, the first box side restricted part 210 is pressed further towards Z-direction.As shown in figure 26, by the first box side restricted part 210 towards-X-direction pressure after bar 80, to rotate (from+Y direction observation) counterclockwise.Bar 80 receives exerting pressure along the direction pushed back clockwise by bar 80 against elastic component 682 and from elastic component 682.This is exerted pressure is to include-the external force of X-direction vector components.Therefore the rotatable scope of bar 80 is limited by elastic component 682.The bar 80 of Figure 26 keeps against elastic component 682 and the state that pressed by elastic component 682, until box 20 is further pressed into and the guiding elements 820 of the first box side restricted part 210 pressing rod 80.
When box 20 rotates from the state of Figure 26 further to be pressed into the 3rd side, face 203, the guiding elements 820 of the first final pressing rod 80 of box side restricted part 210.Be rotated after bar 80, with along shown in Figure 27-X-direction moves the first box side restricted part 210.Therefore bonding part 810 moves to the first lock position 810L and the first box side restricted part 210 is locked at the first lock position 810L.More specifically, as shown in the close up view of bottom right, surface 211 (the first bearing part) is stopped against the first box side chain of the first box side restricted part 210 in first equipment side locking surface 811 (Part I) of bonding part 810, with constrained box 20 moving along+Z-direction.Surface 213 (the second bearing part) is also stopped against the second box side chain of the first box side restricted part 210 in second equipment side locking surface 813 (Part II) of bonding part 810, with the constrained box 20 motion in+X-direction.Although the first box side chain only surface 211 and the second box side chain only surface 213 are illustrated as two that separate, substantially vertical surfaces at the feature of Figure 27, as shown in fig. 27 a, but the Part I 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 can be formed as having curved surface so that the first box side chain only surface 211 and the second box side chain only surface 213 are configured to the separate section of similar face.Alternatively, as shown in figure 27b, the bonding part 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 can be formed as smooth inclined surface or other shapes so that the first box side chain only surface 211 and the second box side chain only surface 213 are configured to the separate section of similar face.A part as installation portion, being connected with printing material supply pipe 640 after the ink feed structure 280 of box 20, the second box side restricted part 220 engages with the second equipment side restriction element 620 and the first box side restricted part 210 engages with bonding part 810 simultaneously.This accomplishes and box 20 is installed to keeper 60.Box 20 is in the suitable electrical connection being arranged between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700 foundation of design and installation position so that it is allow to carry out signal transmission between box 20 and printing machine 50.
According to the present embodiment, as shown in Figure 23 and Figure 27, elastic component 682 be configured under the installment state that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 not with bar 80 against, and the most external force is not applied to bar 80.This reduce the possibility that bar 80 is deviateed from the first lock position 810L by possibility and the bonding part 810 of external force elastic deformation.This is it is ensured that stable electrical connection between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
According to another embodiment, elastic component 682 can be designed as under the installment state that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 against bar 80, and thus by power along including-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to bar 80.In this application, elastic component 682 continuously by power along including-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to bar 80, regardless of whether the position of bar 80 is how.Bonding part 810 is moved to the first lock position 810L with enough power by this, so that box 20 is installed to keeper 60.These give obvious click (click), to inform that subscriber box 20 is locked by bonding part 810.
According to another embodiment, elastic component 682 can be omitted.The application reduces the total number of parts.
The process unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20 is described.In order to be unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20, user is along-X-direction pressing operation component 830.In other words, user by external force Pr (Fig. 5) along including-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to control member 830.After bar 80 by bonding part 810 around rotary shaft 800c along including+direction of X-direction vector components moves.Meanwhile, the first box side chain only surface 211 rotates along the direction of the arrow Y22 shown in Figure 23 and moves.First box side restricted part 210 is departed from by this from bonding part 810, and eliminates in+Z-direction the restriction of the motion of the 3rd side, face 203 for box 20.Eliminating in+Z-direction the restriction for the motion of box 20 makes the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 be moved along+Z-direction by the Pt that exerts pressure from contact mechanism 70.Box 20 is moved to the state of Figure 26 by this from the state of Figure 27.Box 20 is limited in element 620 the second box side restricted part 220 as the pivotal point rotated and is rotated counterclockwise (observing from+Y direction), to be pulled open from the diapire component 601 of keeper 60 the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 around being inserted into the second equipment side.Box 20 is moved to the state of Figure 25 by this from the state of Figure 26, and further moves to the state of Figure 24.User can by external force along including-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to jut 260, with rotation box 20.3rd side, face 203 of box 20 is rotated counterclockwise (observing from+Y direction) by this operation, and is moved along+Z-direction the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20.3rd side, face 203 of user's holding box 20, and the second box side restricted part 220 is opened from the second equipment side restriction element 620, to be removed from keeper 60 by box 20.
As shown in the close up view of Figure 27, the control member 830 of bar 80 includes control member apparent surface 831.In order to be removed from keeper 60 by the box being under installment state 20, when control member 830 is pressed by user, control member apparent surface 831 contacts with jut 260.Control member apparent surface 831 to including-direction of X-direction vector components and+Z-direction vector components tilts.Being rotated along the direction of arrow Y27 around rotary shaft 800c by bar 80 makes control member apparent surface 831 contact with jut 260, and including-and jut 260 presses by X-direction vector components with the direction Yh of+Z-direction vector components.This contributes to unloading box 20 from keeper 60.Even if when box 20 is blocked by a part for keeper 60 and can not be moved along the movement of+X-direction along+Z-direction from the first lock position 810L by the first box side chain only surface 211, by using control member apparent surface 831 and jut 260, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 still can be moved along+Z-direction.
A-6. the installation detection method of use installation detection terminal:
Figure 28 shows the circuit board 40 of the box 20 according to first embodiment and the block diagram of the electronic structure of printing machine 50.Printing machine 50 includes display floater 590, power supply circuits 580, main control circuit 570 and sub-control circuit 550.Display floater 590, as display unit, informs the user various information, such as, the condition of work of printing machine 50 and the installment state of box 20.Display floater 590 can be arranged on can be from the working cell (not shown) that the outside of printing machine 50 is observed.Power supply circuits 580 include that the first power supply 581, to produce the first supply voltage VDD, and also includes that second source 582 is to produce second source voltage VHV.First supply voltage VDD is the normal power supplies voltage (such as, the rated voltage of 3.3V) for logic circuit.Second source voltage VHV is for the high voltage that 540 (Fig. 2) are driven (such as, the rated voltage of 42V) to injection ink.These voltage VDD and VHV is provided to sub-control circuit 550, simultaneously by based on being provided to other circuit.Main control circuit 570 includes CPU571 and memory 572.Sub-control circuit 550 includes memorizer control circuit 551 and mounting testing circuit 552.Circuit structure including main control circuit 570 and sub-control circuit 550 is called " control circuit ".
In nine terminals (Figure 10) on the circuit board 40 being arranged at box 20, reseting terminal 432, clock terminal 433, power supply terminal 436, ground terminal 437 and data terminal 438 electrically connect with memory cell 420.Memory cell 420 is the nonvolatile memory without address terminal.In memory cell 420, umber of pulse based on clock signal SCK inputted from clock terminal 433 and the order data from data terminal 438 input, determine memory cell to be accessed.Memory cell 420 and clock signal SCK synchronously receive data from data terminal 438 or transmit data to data terminal 438.Clock terminal 433 is used to provide to memory cell 420 clock signal SCK from sub-control circuit 550 (Figure 28).Printing machine 50 drives the supply voltage (such as, the rated voltage of 3.3V) of memory cell 420 and ground voltage (0V) to be applied separately to power supply terminal 436 and ground terminal 437 by being used for.For driving the supply voltage of memory cell 420 can be the first supply voltage VDD directly provided by printing machine 50 or can be produced by the first supply voltage VDD less than the first supply voltage VDD.Data terminal 438 is used between sub-control circuit 550 and memory cell 420 send data-signal SDA.Reseting terminal 432 is used to from sub-control circuit 550, reset signal RST is supplied to memory cell 420.Four detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is installed to be connected with each other by the wiring in the circuit board 40 (Fig. 3) of box 20 and be all grounded.Such as, detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is installed to be connected to be grounded with ground terminal 437.According to another embodiment, installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 can be by any access path ground connection, without ground terminal 437.As being clearly understood that by this specification, detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is installed to be connected, it is preferred that be not connected with any memory terminal in addition to ground terminal 437 or memory cell 420 with a part for storage terminal (or memory cell 420).Detection terminal is installed be not connected to cause not having signal or voltage to be applied to detection terminal is installed in addition to installation check signal with memory terminal or memory cell, and it is ensured that detection is installed accurately.Four detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is installed to be connected with each other by the wiring in the figure embodiment of Figure 28, but a part for access path can be replaced by resistance.
In Figure 28, pathname SCK, VDD, SDA, RST, OV1, OV2, DT1 and DT2 are assigned to each access path being connected by equipment side terminal 731-739 with the box side terminal 431-439 of circuit board 40.About the access path to memory cell 420, signal name is used for pathname.
Figure 29 shows the connection between circuit board 40 and mounting testing circuit 552.Four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 of circuit board 40 are connected with mounting testing circuit 552 via corresponding equipment side terminal 731,734,735 and 739.Four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 of circuit board 40 are grounded.The link path between equipment side terminal 731,734,735 and 739 and mounting testing circuit 552 the first supply voltage VDD (rated voltage of 3.3V) in sub-control circuit 550 is connected via pull-up resistor.
In the figure embodiment of Figure 29, three terminals 431,434 in four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 and installation detection terminal 435 on circuit board 40 have good connection with corresponding equipment side terminal 731,734 and 735.But, detection terminal 439 is installed and with corresponding equipment side terminal 739, there is poor connection.The voltage levvl of the access path being used for three equipment side terminals 731,734 and 735 under good connection status is L level (ground voltage level), and the voltage levvl being used for the access path of equipment side terminal 739 under the connection status of difference is H level (supply voltage VDD level).Mounting testing circuit 552 can check the voltage levvl of these access paths, identifies and installs the connection status of the good/difference of each in detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 relative to four.
Contact portion cp of four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 on circuit board 40 is positioned at the outside of first area 400P, and this first area includes contact portion cp of memory terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.Four contact portions cp installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 are positioned at four corners of quadrangle second area 400T, and this region includes first area 400P.First area 400P preferably includes contact portion cp of five memory terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438, the least quadrangle.Second area 400T preferably includes quadrangle contact portion cp of box side terminal 431-439, the least.
When installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 good contact for whole four, box 20 does not have the good contact significantly tilting and guaranteeing memory terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.On the other hand, install in detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 in any one or the poor state contacted of many persons at four, box 20 have notable tilt and memory terminal 432,433,436,437 can be caused to contact with any one or the poor of many persons in 438.According to preferred embodiment, when four any one installed in detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 or many persons cross-contact, mounting testing circuit 552 shows the information (character string or image) representing that mistake is installed on display floater 590, to notify that user error is installed.
Due to the fact that, contact portion cp installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is disposed in four corners around first area 400P, and first area includes contact portion cp of memory terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.Box 20 is being installed in the installment state of keeper 60, there is some surplus for tilting box 20 so that the circuit board 40 of box 20 can tilt relative to the contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60.Such as, terminal 431-434 in the up R2 (Figure 10 A) being inclined such that on circuit board 40 by box 20 is (more specifically, their contact portion) the poor contact of any terminal of terminal 431-434 in up R2 may be caused further from contact mechanism 70 compared to the terminal 435-439 (more specifically, their contact portion) in descending R1 (Figure 10 A).Box 20 is inclined such that the terminal 435-439 in the descending R1 on circuit board 40 (more specifically, their contact portion) the poor contact of any terminal in the terminal 435-439 in descending R1 may be caused further from contact mechanism 70 compared to the terminal 431-434 (more specifically, their contact portion) in up R2.Box 20 is inclined such that, and the left hand edge of circuit board 40 (Figure 10 A) may cause the poor of any terminal in the terminal 431,432,435,436 and 437 on the left side of circuit board 40 to contact compared to right hand edge further from contact mechanism 70.Box 20 is inclined such that, and the right hand edge of circuit board 40 may cause the poor of any terminal in the terminal 433,434,437,438 and 439 on the right side of circuit board 40 to contact compared to left hand edge further from contact mechanism 70.Poor contact may cause reads the mistake of data from memory cell 420 or causes writing the mistake of data to memory cell 420.Check whole four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and contact portion cp of 439 (its be disposed in include memory terminal 432,433,436,437 with outside the first area 400P of contact portion cp of 438) the best/poor contact advantageously prevent the poor contact caused due to this inclination of box 20 and the access errors in the memory cell 420 caused.
A-7. the beneficial effect of embodiment:
A-7-1. the present embodiment is compared to the specific beneficial effect of the structure disclosed in the U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 formerly mentioned and United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780.
According in the present embodiment printing material supply system 10, bar 80 is arranged on keeper 60, and the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on box 20.Box side restricted part 210 be positioned at rotary shaft 800c of bar 80-Z-direction side on.Different from the structure that in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, bar are combined with box, the engagement member being used for being combined with keeper is not between rotary shaft and the control member of bar.Therefore, there is no need to produce relatively large distance between bar and box side.Therefore, the structure of embodiment shortens the distance between bar 80 and the 3rd face 203 of box 20, i.e. size in the X-axis direction, shortens the length of bar simultaneously, i.e. size in the Z-axis direction.This allows to significantly reduce printing machine 50 and the size of whole printing material supply system 10, and reduces for transport and the size of the encapsulation of distribution boxes 20, which advantageously reduces cost of transportation and component costs.This beneficial effect at printing machine keeper rather than provides bar to realize the most simply as described in United States Patent (USP) No.6,276,780 on box.This provide the benefit that rotary shaft 800c by rotary shaft 800c of bar 80 is arranged between control member 830 and bonding part 810 and the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at bar 80-Z-direction side on realize.
Printing material supply system 10 according to the present embodiment includes relatively short bar 80 and has the first box side restricted part 210 of smaller szie and more simple structure (such as, projection).Compared to the structure described in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, which increase bar 80 and the rigidity of the first box side restricted part 210, and allow bar 80 is selected with the first box side restricted part 210 (box 20) material of relative higher rigidity.This causes significantly decreasing being plastically deformed or the possibility of creep of bar 80 and the first box side restricted part 210.In installment state, box 20 can be maintained at the correct position in keeper 60, and this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739, and reduces poor continuity.Because the first box side restricted part 210 of the present embodiment has little size and simple result, so need not special attention in the encapsulation (particularly Vacuum Package) for transport and distribution box 20 being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.Which improve the convenience of use.For this beneficial effect, it is particularly preferred for providing jut to be used as the first box side restricted part 210 as described in the embodiment.
In the printing material supply system 10 according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 be positioned at rotary shaft 800c of bar 80-Z-direction side on.As noted previously, under the installment state of box 20, equipment side terminal 731-739 produces on the direction pushed back by circuit board 40 Pt that exerts pressure of (that is, including+direction of Z-direction vector components and-X-direction vector components on).Expect that box 20 is moved in+Z-direction by this Pt that exerts pressure in the mounted state.But, in the printing material supply system 10 of embodiment, rotary shaft 800c of bar 80 be positioned at the first box side restricted part 210-Z-direction side on so that bar 80 constrained box 20 from+Z-direction lateral-motion of Z-direction side.
According to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 be positioned at rotary shaft 800c of bar 80-Z-direction side on and-X-direction side on.When box 20 moves along+Z-direction, bar 80 produces the torque as shown in the arrow M in Fig. 5.This torque is had an effect so that the first box side restricted part 210 is effectively pressed in-X-direction by bonding part 810.Along with by the X-direction vector components of the Pt that exerts pressure moving box 20 in-X-direction, this torque is also had an effect and is moved the bonding part 810 of bar 80.It is in the box 20 therefore capacity of installment state, and is pressed towards equipment side diapire component 601 and the second equipment side side wall member 604.This structure of the present embodiment prevents box 20 unexpected hell keeper 60 to depart from, and thus maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739, and reduces poor continuity.
As shown in figure 27, first box side restricted part 210 includes that the first box side chain stops surface 211, it engages against the first equipment side locking surface 811 of part 810, with the constrained box 20 motion in+Z-direction, and also include that the second box side chain stops surface 213, it engages against the second equipment side locking surface 813 of part 810, with the constrained box 20 motion in+X-direction.Which ensure that the torque produced as shown in the arrow M in Fig. 5, and more effectively reduce successional possibility poor between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739.
As shown in figure 12, according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 has Part II 214.First box side restricted part 210 reduce first box side restricted part 210 under box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60 be locked in bonding part 810-Z-direction side on the possibility of position.During box 20 is installed to keeper 60, user can be deeper along the state pressing than Figure 27 in keeper 60 in-Z-direction by box 20.Even if in this case, the Part II 214 of the first box side restricted part 210 still against the second equipment side locking surface 813 of bar 80, with prevent the first box side restricted part 210 be positioned in bonding part 810-Z-direction side on.This reduce the first box side restricted part 210 and be locked at the possibility of unexpected lock position by bonding part 810.
A-7-2. in the installment state of box, reduce the effect of external force:
Figure 30 shows in the external force installing or being applied in arrangement state box 20.During the printing operation of printing machine 50, keeper 60 and box 20 move repeatedly on main scanning direction (Y direction or the width of box 20).Therefore box 20 accelerates in the direction of the width at keeper 60 and accepts external force (inertia force) between deceleration period.The box 20 accepting external force can be along including that the direction of rotation of width vector components (Y direction vector components) is around ink feed structure 280 (Figure 27) and printing material supply pipe 640.More specifically, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 can rotate along the direction of arrow YR1, fourth face 204 side of box 20 can rotate along the direction of arrow YR2 simultaneously.Second side, face 202 of box 20 can also rotate along the defence line of YR3.The direction of arrow YR1 and the direction of arrow YR2 are direction of rotation about the z axis, and it includes Y direction vector components (width vector components).The direction of arrow YR3 is the direction of rotation around X week, and it includes Y direction vector components (width vector components).
Box 20 is moved the 5th face 205 so that box 20 or the 6th face 206 by along+Z-direction pull-up along the direction of arrow YR3.But, as noted previously, box 20 is limited by bar 80 in this movement in+Z-direction.According to this embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is as shown in figure 13 close to cross part 295.In other words, the first box side restricted part 210 is close to the plate end 405 of circuit board 40.First box side restricted part 210 is arranged to close to box side terminal 400.Because the first box side restricted part 210 is by bar 80 locking, the periphery of the first box side restricted part 210 causes position to move substantially without by external force.Being arranged on by box side terminal 400 and have the position moved minimum position and effectively prevent each terminal 431-439 position mispairing relative to keeper 60 of box side terminal 400, therefore maintain between box side terminal 400 with equipment side terminal 700 stable electrically connects.In order to ensure this beneficial effect, preferably by least some of (the particularly first box side chain stops surface 211) of the first box side restricted part 210 in the Y-axis direction (width, when along-X-direction from the 3rd face 203 side observation box 20 time) be positioned at the first outside 435P with second outside between 439P (Figure 10 A).
As it is shown in fig. 7, according to the present embodiment, the angle part 265 of box 20 has the ladder 207 (the 7th face) extended from the first face 201 along+Z-direction.7th face 207 be positioned at chamfered surface (octahedral) 208-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on.7th face 207 has the 3rd box lateral spacing element 250.As shown in Fig. 2 and Figure 14-Figure 16, keeper 60 has the 3rd equipment side and limits element (jut) 636.3rd box lateral spacing element 250 contacts with jut 636.This further restricts the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 in the direction of the width around printing material supply pipe 640 and the motion of ink feed structure 280.3rd box lateral spacing element 250 is preferably constructed to a pair haunched member prominent along+X-direction from the 7th face 207, to receive jut 636 in-between, as be shown in the examples.This simple structure effectively limit the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 in the direction of the width around printing material supply pipe 640 and the motion of ink feed structure 280.
As shown in figure 13, according to the present embodiment, the terminal support structure 408 of circuit board 40 and the 3rd box lateral spacing element 250 are arranged in the X-axis direction (when from the first side, face 201 along+Z-direction observation box 20) and overlap each other.This effectively further limits the box 20 motion on the direction of arrow YR1, and is therefore prevented from the box side terminal 400 motion (deviation) relative to keeper 60.
In the above description, being applied to the external force of box 20 in the width direction is the inertia force produced by the box 20 motion on main scanning direction.But, the external force being applied to box 20 is not limited to this inertia force.Such as, in posture printing machine, print head moves on main scanning direction, but box 20 is installed to static keeper, and does not moves on main scanning direction.But, in posture printing machine, box 20 may accept external force.More specifically, external force (inertia force) such as vibration owing to producing from print head movement on main scanning direction may be applied to box 20.
A-7-3. the inclination of the box 20 being under installment state is reduced
As shown in figure 12, according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is set plane Yc of the central authorities with the width (Y direction length) through box 20 and intersects.As it is shown in figure 5, box 20 under being in installment state receives from keeper 60 includes+Ps and Pt that exert pressure of Z-direction vector components.First box side restricted part 210 is pressed by these Ps and Pt that exert pressure towards the bonding part 810 of bar 80.Even if the box 20 under being in installment state is by external force when X-axis or Z axis shake, the first box side restricted part 210 moves about in the position intersected with plane Yc the most hardly.
First box side restricted part 210 is positioned as close to cross part 295, i.e. close to plate end 405.Move in the position of closely box side terminal 400 that the first the least box side restricted part 210 ensure that between box side terminal 400 with contact mechanism 70 stable is provided to electrically connect.
The live part of the concrete position being used for constrained box side terminal 400 of the first box side restricted part 210 is that the first box side chain stops surface 211.It is therefore preferred to the first box side chain only surface 211 is orientated as close possible to box side terminal 400.Omit the Part III 215 of the first box side restricted part 210 and bonding part 212 is orientated as contact with the first limit 290 so that the first box side chain stops surface 211 can be as close possible to cross part 295 or plate end 405.It further ensures that between box side terminal 400 with contact mechanism 70 stable electrically connects.
According to this embodiment, as shown in Figure 10, in contact portion cp of each box side terminal 400, centre in the Y-axis direction has the ground terminal 437 of contact portion cp and is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc.It is axisymmetrical that contact portion cp of other terminals 431-436,438 and 439 is arranged to relative to the line of plane Yc Yu the cross part of ground terminal 437.Plane Yc has the least motion, because the position of the first box side restricted part 210 is secured.Box side terminal 400 is arranged on to be had in plane Yc of small movements or near it.Except the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the position of closely box side terminal 400, be positioned in plane Yc by box side terminal 400 or further ensure that near it between box side terminal 400 with contact mechanism 70 stable electrically connects.
A-7-4. the intense adjustment of box 20 in installment state:
According to this embodiment, first box side restricted part 210 is (more specifically, first box side chain stops surface 211) the most externally-located, but in the Y-axis direction box side terminal 400 +Y direction side on the first outside 435P and box side terminal 400-Y direction side on the second outside 439P between the inside of scope 40Y.After box 20 is installed to keeper 60, box side terminal 400 receives the+power of Z-direction vector components from equipment side terminal 700, to adjust the inclination of box 20 subtly or more specifically to adjust the direction on inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 (being provided with box side terminal 400 thereon).Manufacture possible the first box side chain changing each equipment side terminal 731-739 and the position of equipment side chamfered surface 708 or the first box side restricted part 210 of mistake and stop the level on surface 211.Even if what in this case, the intense adjustment in the direction of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 ensure that between box side terminal 400 with equipment side terminal 700 stable electrically connects.
Figure 31 shows the intense adjustment in the direction of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.Shown by dashed lines in the position of the back box 20 of the attitude of intense adjustment box 20.In this example, the installation detection terminal 731 of equipment side terminal 700 is more morely than design flow prominent along+Z-direction from equipment side chamfered surface 708 (Figure 18).In this case, inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 receives along including+power Ph in the direction of Z-direction vector components from installing detection terminal 731.First box side chain allow in only surface 211 is positioned at scope 40Y box 20 more rotate around X-axis.In other words, power Ph is applied to inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 and allows the attitude of damper box 20 subtly.In the example that figure 31 illustrates, the attitude of box 20 is adjusted to subtly to be rolled tiltedly towards the 6th face 206.
A-7-5. the beneficial effect of the second box side restricted part 220:
Box 20 has the second box side restricted part 220 (Figure 27) on fourth face 204, its for constrained box 20 from its+X-direction side moves along+Z-direction.It further ensures that between box side terminal 400 with equipment side terminal 700 stable electrically connects.
According to this embodiment, the second box side restricted part 220 is along the prominent jut of-X-direction from fourth face 204.Second box side restricted part 220 is inserted into the second equipment side of the form of the through hole with keeper 60 and limits in element 620 (Fig. 3).Box 20 is limited rotation near the second box side restricted part 220 of element 620 (Fig. 2) around being inserted into the second equipment side by user, box 20 to be installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it.Second equipment side limits element 620 therefore as box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or the guiding piece unloaded from it.This structure contributes to box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or unloading from it.The second box side restricted part 220 with jut form can be simply provided on the fourth face 204 of box 20.
A-7-6. the beneficial effect of jut 260
As shown in figure 27, according to the present embodiment, box 20 on the 3rd face 203 the first box side restricted part 210+Z-direction side on there is jut 260.In order to box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60, by power from+X-direction lateral-X-direction side be applied to the control member 830 of bar 80 control member 830 is contacted with jut 260 and by jut 260 along including+the direction Yh of Z-direction vector components presses.Therefore jut 260 receives has+the power of Z-direction vector components.This contributes to by using control member 830 to be unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20.Even if box 20 by keeper 60 a part block and can not be moved along+Z-direction along the movement of+X-direction from the first lock position 810L by the first box side chain only surface 211 time, by using jut 260, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 still can be moved along+Z-direction.
Although being directly applied to jut 260 from control member 830 according to embodiment external force, but external force may not being applied to jut 260 from control member 830.Bonding part 810 is departed from by rotational operation member 830 from the first box side restricted part 210, and eliminates in+Z-direction the restriction of the motion of the 3rd side, face 203 for box 20.Eliminating in+Z-direction the restriction for the motion of box 20 makes the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 be moved along+Z-direction by the Pt that exerts pressure from contact mechanism 70.The jut 260 of box 20 moves along direction YH simultaneously.User grips the periphery of the jut 260 moved along direction Yh and is easily unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20.There is provided jut 260 to improve the operability write from keeper 60 by box 20, be applied directly to jut 260 without by power from control member 830.
A-7-7. the beneficial effect of the position of ink feed structure 280:
As shown in figure 27, according to the present embodiment, ink feed structure 280 is arranged on the first face 201 compared to the position close to the 3rd face 203 closer to fourth face 204.Between outer surface and the 3rd face 203 of ink feed structure 280, distance in the X-axis direction is therefore more than the distance between outer surface and the fourth face 204 of ink feed structure 280.Box side terminal 400 is arranged on the inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 adjacent with the 3rd face 203.In other words, ink feed structure 280 is arranged on the position leaving box side terminal 400.This reduce ink and be adsorbed to the possibility of box side terminal 400 and poor contacting of preventing between box side terminal 400 with equipment side terminal 700.
A-7-8. the beneficial effect of ground terminal 437
According to the present embodiment, among contact portion cp of box side terminal 400, the ground terminal 437 in the central authorities of Y direction with contact portion cp is arranged on the position that plane Yc of the central authorities with the width (Y direction length) through box 20 is intersected.Ground terminal 437 is configured to during box 20 is installed to keeper 60 at other boxes side terminal 431-436, contacts contact mechanism 70 before 438 and 439.Thus produce first be applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 from keeper 60 at the width of box 20 or the basic centre of Y direction length.This prevent and be applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 and play a role and make box 20 tilt to Y direction, and so that box 20 is installed in the installation site of design.Ground terminal 437 contacts at other terminals 431-436, before 438 and 439 with this of contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60, even if when less desirable high voltage is applied to box 20, also can advantageously prevent or reduce, by the grounding function of ground terminal 437, problem and the fault that high voltage causes.
A-7-9. the beneficial effect of the shape on the first equipment side locking surface 811:
As shown in figure 21, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is to have the arc around rotary shaft 800c on the cross section parallel with X-axis and Z axis.During box 20 is installed to keeper 60, which ensure that and box 20 is installed to keeper 60 and the smooth operation unloaded from it.First equipment side locking surface 811 is formed as curved surface and reduces the amount pushed back along+Z-direction by elastomeric element 648 (Figure 27) during box 20 is installed to keeper 60.Which ensure that the excellent electric contact between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
One example of this beneficial effect is described with reference to Figure 32 A to Figure 32 F.The vertical direction of Figure 32 A to Figure 32 F corresponds to Z-direction;Upward direction in accompanying drawing is corresponding to+Z-direction, and in downward direction corresponding to-Z-direction, they are opposite directions.Figure 32 A to Figure 32 C shows and uses the first equipment side locking surface 811 being formed as curved surface to carry out mounting box, and is to arrange sequentially in time.Figure 32 D to Figure 32 F shows and uses the first equipment side locking surface 811 being formed as plane to carry out mounting box, and is to arrange sequentially in time.
As shown in fig. 32 a, in order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, the first box side restricted part 210 moves along-Z-direction, simultaneously against guiding diapire 821.As shown in fig. 32b, when the first box side restricted part 210 is moved through guiding diapire 821 further along-Z-direction, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is moved along the direction of arrow Y32.When user is along-Z-direction firmly pressing box 20, the first box side restricted part 210 be positioned at the first equipment side locking surface 811-Z-direction side on.When user unclamps the gripping for box 20, box 20 is upwards pressed in+Z-direction by Ps and Pt that exert pressure of elastomeric element 648 and equipment side terminal 700.As shown in fig. 32 c, when the first equipment side locking surface 811 is formed as curved surface, the momentum that is pushed upwardly of the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 is D1.
As shown in Figure 32 D to Figure 32 F, when the first equipment side locking surface 811t is formed as plane, the momentum that is pushed upwardly of the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 is D2, and it is more than D1.
In the installment state of box 20, compared to being formed as the first equipment side locking surface 811t of plane, the first equipment side locking surface 811 being formed as curved surface may be located at more to-Z-direction side.This reduce the first box side restricted part 210 is pushed upwardly momentum.
According to this embodiment, be positioned at preset or the first equipment side locking surface 811 at the first lock position 810L in X-direction (Figure 21) close to rotary shaft 800c.Even if in actual lock position in the X-axis direction when the first lock position 810L deviation, this still reduces the first equipment side locking surface 811 displacement in the Z-axis direction.Therefore this prevent box 20 in the Z-axis direction relative to the deviation of keeper 60.
B. additional embodiment:
Figure 33 shows the printing machine 50a according to the second embodiment.Figure 33 shows the cross section corresponding with the cross section of the Figure 17 according to first embodiment.With the difference of the printing machine 50 of first embodiment, it is that fixture 690a does not have elastic component 682.In addition the printing machine 50a of the second embodiment and the printing machine 50 of first embodiment have identical structure.Similar element is represented by similar reference numerals, and does not the most have specific explanations.The box 20 being installed to printing machine 50a has identical structure with the box 20 of the printing machine 50 being installed to first embodiment.
As shown in figure 33, fixture 690 does not have bar 80 along including-the direction of the X-direction vector components elastic component that presses bar 80.But, bar 80 is designed to, by its static load, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is navigated to the first lock position 810L so that the first box side chain of box 20 stops surface 211 by the first equipment side locking surface 811 locking of bar 80.
The printing machine 50a of the second embodiment has the beneficial effect that the printing machine 50 with first embodiment is similar.Additionally, the structure without the fixture 690 of elastic component reduces the possibility that fixture 690 damages or ruptures, and reduce the sum of parts, to reduce the manufacturing cost of printing machine 50a.
C. the 3rd embodiment:
Figure 34 shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of the box 20b according to the 3rd embodiment.The difference of its box 20 (Fig. 7) with first embodiment is the size of box 20b.In addition the box 20b of the 3rd embodiment and the box 20 of first embodiment have identical structure.Similar element is represented by similar reference numerals, and does not the most have specific explanations.The printing machine of the 3rd embodiment is applicable to box 20b, but has identical structure with keeper 60 and each component (such as, bar 80) being arranged on keeper 60 of first embodiment.
Box 20b has the size bigger than the box 20 of first embodiment, and can accommodate more substantial ink.Box 20b is installed to carry out big paper (such as, size A2 to A0) box mounting structure of the big ink-jet printer printed.Box 20b by along as installation direction SD-Z-direction is installed to the box mounting structure of big ink-jet printer.According to this embodiment ,-Z-direction is horizontal aspect.Being installed in the installment state of box mounting structure at box 20b, X-direction is vertical direction.More specifically ,+X-direction is direction straight up, and-X-direction is vertically downward direction.
D. the modification of box structure:
Figure 35 to Figure 37 shows the modification of box structure.These boxes designed to be used and the printing machine according to the printing machine 50 of first embodiment with identical structure.These boxes element similar with the box 20 of first embodiment is represented by similar reference.
D-1. the modification of box profile:
Figure 35 A to Figure 35 H shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments.Box 20c shown in Figure 35 A has the housing of ellipse or oraloid.Box 20c has the first box side restricted part 210 and the circuit board 40 being arranged on front.Ink feed structure 280 is formed at the bottom surface of box 20c, and the second box side restricted part 220 is arranged on the back side of box 20c.When from its front face side observation box 20c, this box 20c has fixed width.Box 20 shown in this box 20c Yu Fig. 7 is compatible, as long as the first and second box side restricted parts 210 and 220, circuit board 40 and ink feed structure 280 are configured to be connected with the appropriate section in Figure 50.
Box 20d shown in Figure 35 B has the approximate rectangular parallelepiped shape similar with the box 20 in Fig. 7.With the big difference of the box 20 of Fig. 7, it is that octahedral 208 is not continuous from the lower end in the 3rd face 203.Box 201 shown in Figure 35 G is similar with box 20d in shape with design, but the first box side restricted part 210 is disposed in the position closer to terminal support structure 408.Box 20e and 20f shown in Figure 35 C and 35D does not have the 7th in the box 20 being included in Fig. 7.Box 20g shown in Figure 35 E has the circuit board 40 being arranged on octahedral 208 by means of screw.Box 20h shown in Figure 35 F has and is fixed by hinge or otherwise moveable face 208h, replaces octahedral 208, and circuit board 40 is installed on movable surface 208h.While box 20h is installed on printing machine, movable surface 208h moves to the position indicated by solid line from the position indicated by dotted line.Once box 20h is properly installed in printing machine and movable surface 208h is in the position indicated by solid line, and the contact portion of the terminal on circuit board 40 is arranged in contact portion plane TP.These boxes 20c to 20g is also compatible with the box 20 in Fig. 7, as long as the first and second box side restricted parts 210 and 220, circuit board 40 and ink feed structure 280 are configured to be connected with the appropriate section in printing machine 50.Box 20m shown in Figure 35 H has elongated members 211a, its be connected with the first box side restricted part 210 at one end and be connected with the top 202 of box 20m via hinge or other pivotable mechanisms at the other end.Although terminal has smooth shape in the embodiment above, but terminal can be lengthwise, linear or other shapes.Such as, Figure 35 I shows the embodiment of lengthwise terminal 400n, and wherein when box 20j is installed in printing machine, contact portion cp is aligned in contact portion plane TP.In embodiment shown in Figure 35 J, box 20j includes having the contact mechanism 70j of essentially identical structure (including the structure of terminal) with the equipment side contact mechanism 70 shown in Figure 18.Contact mechanism 70j has flexible terminal, and this flexible terminal has contact portion, and when box 20j is installed in printing machine, this contact portion contacts with the equipment side terminal 700 of contact mechanism 70 and is substantially arranged in contact portion plane TP.Not being in the embodiment of even shape such as the wherein terminal of Figure 35 I and 35J, " terminal support structure " and " chamfered surface " is considered as to be considered the part that contact portion is supported by box terminal, and therefore represents with by contact portion plane TP.Equally, the part engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at compared to the position contacted closer to contact portion plane TP and the 3rd face 203 close to following cross part and closer to contact portion cp itself: (1) end face 202 and the cross part in front 203, (2) cross part (such as when box body has end face as formed thereby in Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D and bottom surface) of the elongated surfaces of both the cross part of the one in end face 202 and front 203 and the elongated surfaces of the another one in end face 202 and front 203, or (3) end face 202 and front 203.In the embodiment of Figure 35 J, the circuit board 40j of box 20j is positioned in the inside of contact mechanism 70j and contacts contact mechanism 70 via by the direct of contact mechanism 70j.
Such as be readily appreciated by by the example of Figure 35 A to Figure 35 H, there are other modifications various of box profile.Have in the case of other shapes in addition to approximate rectangular parallelepiped at box, as shown in the dotted line in Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D, six faces of rectangular parallelepiped protrusion part, that is, bottom surface 201 (the first face), end face 202 (the second face), front 203 (the 3rd face), the back side 204 (fourth face), left surface 205 (the 5th face) and right flank 206 (the 6th face) can be vertical.In it illustrates, term " face " and " plane " represent the virtual plane as shown in Figure 35 A or Figure 35 D or non-existent (imagination) plane and physical plane as shown in Figure 7 and Figure 8.Term " face " and " plane " include surface and the curved surface of plane.
D-2. there is the box of adapter:
Figure 36 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box 20i of the adapter having according to an embodiment.This box 20i can be separated into container assemblies 200i and the adapter 299 including ink chamber 200, can be fitted to come together to be installed in the keeper of printing equipment after them.After printing material in ink chamber 200 is exhausted, user replaces container assemblies 200i with new container assemblies or is filled in container assemblies 200i by printing material.Adapter 299 can be reused.The box 20i of the first embodiment shown in box 20i Yu Fig. 7 is compatible.
It is configured to the housing of container assemblies 200i and the combination of the housing for adapter 299i for the housing 22i of box 20i.Container assemblies 200i includes being configured to the ink chamber 200 of receiving ink, being configured to provide ink or the printing material flow path 282 of printing material and resin foam 284 to ink feed structure.Container assemblies 200i has second 202i corresponding with second face 202 of box 20i.Container assemblies 200i also have respectively with first face 201 of box 20i and the 3rd to first corresponding for octahedral 203-208 201i, the 3rd 203i, fourth face 204i, the 5th (not shown), the 6th 206i, the 7th 207i and octahedral 208i.First 201i and second 202i is the most relative to each other;First 201i be positioned at-Z-direction side on, and second 202i be positioned at+Z-direction side on.3rd 203i and fourth face 204i is the most relative to each other;3rd 203i be positioned at+X-direction side on, and fourth face 204i be positioned at-X-direction side on.5th (not shown) and the 6th face 206 are the most relative to each other;5th (not shown) be positioned at-Y direction side on, and the 6th 206i be positioned at+Y direction side on.7th 207i and octahedral 208i forms the joint face connected by first 201i and the 3rd 203i.7th 207i is vertical with first 201i, and forms the plane parallel with Y-axis and Z axis (YZ plane).The 7th 207i as ladder becomes vertical angles relative to first 201i.Therefore 7th 207i extend along+Z-direction from first 201i.7th 207i be positioned at octahedral 208i-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on.7th 207i and the 3rd 203i is connected by octahedral 208i, and be to including+chamfered surface that tilts of the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components.Octahedral 208i tilts to first 201i and the 3rd 203i, and vertical with the 5th (not shown) and the 6th 206i.In other words, octahedral 208i is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilt and vertical with XZ plane.
Adapter 299 has the face corresponding with the first face 203, face the 201, the 3rd, fourth face the 204, the 5th face 207, face the 206, the 7th, face the 205, the 6th and the octahedral 208 of box 20i.The face corresponding with second face 202 of box 20i of adapter 299 is opening.Adapter 299 has inner space, to receive container assemblies 200i.First face 201 of adapter 299 has ink feed structure 280.Additionally, box 20i has the structure similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, change with or without some.First box side restricted part 210 can be as shown in figure 36 on adapter 299, or on container assemblies 200i (not shown).The location of the first box side restricted part 210 and circuit board 40 need not all on container assemblies 200i or adapter 299, but one can be on container assemblies 200i and another one can be on adapter 299.Therefore box 20i may be constructed such that container assemblies 200i and the combination of adapter 299, as mentioned above.
Figure 37 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box 20j with the adapter according to another embodiment.This box 20j is separated into the container assemblies 200j and adapter 299j including ink chamber 200, and they can be incorporated into together to be installed in the keeper of printing equipment afterwards.After printing material in ink chamber 200 is exhausted, user replaces container assemblies 200j with new container assemblies or is filled in container assemblies 200j by printing material.Adapter 299 can be reused.The box 20i of the first embodiment shown in box 20j Yu Fig. 7 is compatible.
It is configured to the housing of container assemblies 200j and the combination of the housing for adapter 299j for the housing 22j of box 20j.Container assemblies 200j includes ink chamber 200 and the ink feed structure 280 being configured to accommodate ink.Container assemblies 200j has the second face 202 with box 20j and corresponding second 202j in the 6th face 206 and the 6th 206j.Container assemblies 200j also has first corresponding with the first face 203, face the 201, the 3rd, fourth face the 204, the 5th face 207, face the 205, the 7th and the octahedral 208 of box 20i respectively 201j, the 3rd 203j, fourth face 204j, the 5th (not shown), the 7th 207j and octahedral 208j.First 201j and second 202j is the most relative to each other;First 201j be positioned at-Z-direction side on, and second 202j be positioned at+Z-direction side on.3rd 203j and fourth face 204j is the most relative to each other;3rd 203j be positioned at+X-direction side on, and fourth face 204j be positioned at-X-direction side on.5th (not shown) and the 6th face 206 are the most relative to each other;5th (not shown) be positioned at-Y direction side on, and the 6th 206j be positioned at+Y direction side on.7th 207j and octahedral 208j forms the joint face connected by first 201j and the 3rd 203j.7th 207j is vertical with first 201j, and forms the plane parallel with Y-axis and Z axis (YZ plane).The 7th 207j as ladder becomes vertical angles relative to first 201j.Therefore 7th 207j extend along+Z-direction from first 201j.7th 207j be positioned at octahedral 208j-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on.7th 207j and the 3rd 203j is connected by octahedral 208j, and be to including+chamfered surface that tilts of the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components.Octahedral 208j tilts to first 201j and the 3rd 203j, and vertical with the 5th (not shown) and the 6th 206j.In other words, octahedral 208j is to X/Y plane and YZ planar tilt and vertical with XZ plane.
Adapter 299j has the face corresponding with the first face 203, face the 201, the 3rd, fourth face 204 and the 5th face 205 of box 20j.Second face 202 of formation box 20j and the face in the 6th face 206 of adapter 299 are openings.Adapter 299j has inner space, to receive container assemblies 200j.Adapter 299j also has opening in the part in the first face 201.The ink feed structure 280 being arranged in container assemblies 200j is exposed to the opening being arranged on first face 201 of adapter 299j, and is connected with printing material supply pipe 640 (Fig. 2).Box 20j has first box side restricted part 210 more simpler than first embodiment structure (Fig. 7), but can have first box side restricted part 210 mutually isostructural with first embodiment (Fig. 7).Or, the first box side restricted part 210 can be a part or a part of (not shown) of container assemblies 200j of adapter 299j as shown in figure 37.Similarly, circuit board 40 can (not shown) on adapter 299j or on container assemblies 200j as shown in figure 37.The location of the first box side restricted part 210 and circuit board 40 need not all on container assemblies 200j or adapter 299j, but one can be on container assemblies 200j and another one can be on adapter 299j.Box 20j has the 3rd face 203 and the fourth face 204 compared to the 3rd face 203 of first embodiment and fourth face 204 with more low clearance (shorter Z-direction length), but can have the 3rd face 203 and the fourth face 204 compared to first embodiment with identical height (identical Z-direction length).Box 20j does not have jut 260, but can have the jut 260 similar with first embodiment.Additionally, box 20j has the structure similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, change with or without some.Therefore box 20j may be constructed such that container assemblies 200j and the combination of adapter 299j, as mentioned above.
Figure 37 B shows the box shown in the embodiment with Fig. 7 is similarly constructed and 20p.But, the difference of this embodiment is that box 20p is divided into adapter 299p and ink chamber 200p.Before box 20p is installed to printing machine, adapter 299p is fitted on the end 201p (being illustrated by the broken lines) of ink chamber 200p.Equally, terminal 400p is formed directly on the surface of adapter 299p.When terminal forms on a planar surface (on the surface of circuit board on the surface of the box in such as the present embodiment or the most in an embodiment), the plane surface that it is formed terminal is considered " chamfered surface " or " terminal supporting surface ".
Figure 38 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box 20k with the adapter according to another embodiment.Box 20k includes adapter 299k, outer pot 200T, pipeline 200L and minor adaptations 200S, and they can all be fitted together, to be installed in the keeper of printing equipment.Adapter 299k has identical structure with the adapter 299j described above in reference to Figure 37.Outer pot 200T accommodates printing material and is positioned at the outside of printing machine 50 as shown in Figure 1.Minor adaptations 200S has ink feed structure 280k.Pipeline 200L is used to from outer pot 200T, printing material is fed to minor adaptations 200S.Outer pot 200T, minor adaptations 200S and pipeline 200L are used as container assemblies 200k, and it is configured to accommodate ink or printing material.As shown in the dotted line in Figure 38, the box 20k of the present embodiment thereby is thought to have container assemblies 200k.Therefore the box 20k of the present embodiment can be separated into container assemblies 200k and adapter 299k, similar with the box 20j shown in box 20i and Figure 37 shown in Figure 36.After printing material in outer pot 200T is used up, user can replace outer pot 200T by new outer pot or is filled in outer pot 200T by printing material.Adapter 299k can reuse.The box 20 of the first embodiment shown in box 20k Yu Fig. 7 is compatible.
The housing 22k of box 20k is configured to the housing of virtual container assembly 200k and the combination of the housing for adapter 299k.The structure of virtual container assembly 200k is similar with the structure of the box 20j described above in reference to Figure 37 with the structure of adapter 299k, changes with or without some.Additionally, box 20k has the structure similar with the box 20 of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, change with or without some.Therefore box 20k can be consisted of the combination of container assemblies 200k and adapter 299k, as mentioned above.
E. the modification of bar:
According to above example, elastic component 682 is disposed separately with bar 80 (Figure 22).Bar 80 can be made up of elastic variable material.The modification of bar is described with reference to Figure 39 and Figure 40.
Figure 39 A and Figure 39 B illustrates the structure of the bar 80a according to a modification.Figure 39 A shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of bar 80a, and Figure 39 B shows the side view of outward appearance of bar 80a.Its from the difference of the bar 80 of first embodiment be bar 80a have extraly can elastic deformation arm member 890, there is the control member 830a of different shapes and do not include groove 870.Additionally, bar 80a with according to the bar 80 (Figure 19) of first embodiment, there is similar structures.Bar 80a is made up of synthetic resin (such as polypropylene).
Figure 40 shows and box 20 is installed to keeper 60a.According to this embodiment, box 20 has the first box side restricted part 210a, and does not have Part II 214 (Figure 12).The axis body 850 of bar 80a is installed to the first equipment side wall member 630.When bar 80a rotates around axis body 850, arm member 890a is against the jut 603t of the part being formed as the first equipment side side wall member 603, with elastic deformation.
F. the modification of box side terminal:
Figure 41 A to Figure 41 C shows the modification of terminal shape on circuit boards.It is that circuit board 40c-40e has difform terminal 431-439 with the difference of the circuit board 40 shown in Figure 10 A.Each terminal on circuit board 40d shown in circuit board 40c shown in Figure 41 A and Figure 41 B has irregularly shaped rather than according to first embodiment near rectangular shape (Figure 10 A).In circuit board 40e shown in Figure 41 C, nine terminal 431-439 arrange on one wire, wherein, detection terminal is installed detection terminal 435 and 439 is installed is positioned at two ends, and detection terminal 431 and 439 is installed lays respectively between installation detection terminal 435 and power supply terminal 436 and install between detection terminal 439 and data terminal 438.In these circuit boards 40c to 40e, contact portion cp of these terminals 431-439 (it contacts with the equipment side terminal corresponding to these terminals 431-439) has the layout identical with the box side terminal 400 shown in Figure 10 A.Each terminal can have the shape of various change, as long as contact portion cp has identical set.
G. other modifications:
The most specifically describe the present invention with reference to diagram embodiment.But, the present invention is not limited to above example, but can make various changes and modifications embodiment, and without departing from the scope of the present invention.It is described herein below some examples of possible modification.
G-1. the first modification:
According to above example, the second box side restricted part 220 is arranged on fourth face 204, but can suitably be omitted.Such as, when having relatively small gap between box 20 and each groove of keeper 60, by fourth face 204 all or in part with the second equipment side side wall member 604 against, can be with the motion in+Z-direction of fourth face 204 side of constrained box 20, without the second box side restricted part 220.According to another embodiment, the elastic component being such as made up of rubber can be arranged between the fourth face 204 of box 20 and the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60.Fourth face 204 side of box 20 can be limited by the friction that elastic component and the fourth face 204 of box 20 and the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60 lean in the motion in+Z-direction.This elastic component can be the component separated with box 20 or keeper 60, or can engage with the fourth face 204 of box 20, or engages with the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60.In the application without the second box side restricted part 220, the second equipment side being arranged in the second equipment side side wall member 604 (Figure 15) limits element 620 and can also be omitted.
Second box side restricted part 220 is the jut according to above example, but can be to have another kind of form, such as depressed part.In latter is applied, it can be jut that the second equipment side being arranged in the second equipment side side wall member 604 limits element 620.According to another embodiment, keeper 60 can be extra component, and it is configured in-Z-direction the fourth face 204 side pressure in the second face 202 to box 20.Such as, keeper 60 can have slidably rod component.After box 20 is disposed in box room 602, fourth face 204 side in the second face 202 of box 20 can be pressed by rod component.
G-2. the second modification:
First box side restricted part 210 is arranged on close to the position according to the cross part 295 of above example, but the optional position can being arranged in scope 40Y on the 3rd face 203, or the outside (Figure 12) of scope 40Y can be extended to.Make it possible to adjust chamfered surface subtly in first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at scope 40 and the direction of the box side terminal being mounted thereto.Which ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
G-3. the 3rd modification:
According to above example, as shown in figure 22, bar 80 has a pair axis body 850, and fixture 690 has supporting member 654.According to another embodiment, bar 80 can have supporting member, and fixture 690 can have axis body.According to above example, bar 80 and include that the second fixture 690 fixing component 680 is used and is installed to keeper 60, with the assembling with printing machine.But, fixture 690 is dispensable.According to another embodiment, supporting member can form with the outer wall 603W of keeper 60, to receive and fixing bar 80.
G-4. the 4th modification:
As mentioned above, the present invention is not limited to ink-jet printer and its print cartridge, but may apply to be configured to injection liquid in addition to ink and the various liquid injection devices of liquid container thereof, such as, but be not limited to liquid injection device given below and their liquid container:
1. image recorder, such as facsimile machine;
2. color material spraying equipment, it manufactures the colored filter for image display device (such as, liquid crystal display);
3. electrode material spraying equipment, it is for forming the most organic EL (electroluminescent) display and the electrode of Field Emission Display (FED);
4. liquid injection device, it is configured to injection for the liquid containing bio-organic materials manufacturing biochip;
5. for the sample spraying equipment of accurate pipette;
6. lubricating oil spray appliance;
7. resin solution spray appliance;
8. liquid spraying device, it sprays lubricating oil in pole in processing at the accurate mechanical including wrist-watch and camera minutely;
9. liquid injection device, it is configured to be ejected on substrate the numerical value solution of the most UV-cured resin solution, to manufacture the hemispherical microlenses (pellicle mirror) for such as optical communication element;
10. liquid spraying device, it is configured to spray acid or alkaline etch solution, to be etched substrate;And
11. (11) liquid injection devices, it is equipped with the jet head liquid for spraying the another kind of arbitrarily drop of the very small size of liquid.
" liquid drop " represents the state of the liquid from liquid injection device injection, and can be grain shape, tear-drop shape or tapered wire shape.Here " liquid " can be any material that can be sprayed by liquid injection device." liquid " can make to be in any material of liquid phase.Such as, high flow rate or the liquid material of low flow velocity, colloidal sol, gel water, various inorganic solvent and organic solvent, solution, liquid resin and liquid metals (metal melt thing) are all included in " liquid "." liquid " is not limited to the liquid of one of three kinds of states of material, but includes solution, dispersion and the mixture of functional solid-state material particle, such as dissolves, disperses or mix dye granule in a solvent or metallic particles.The typical case of liquid is included in the ink described in above example and liquid crystal." ink " includes general water-based ink and oil base ink, and various liquid component, such as gelinite ink and thermal melting ink, but is not limited to these.
G-5. the 5th modification:
The present invention can be completed by following change case.The symbol of each key element corresponding to describing in the first embodiment of the symbol in bracket after each key element in each change case.
G-5-1. the first change case:
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: being arranged as being formed first (201) of the outer surface of box, first (201) have the ink feed structure (280) being connected with printing equipment;Second (202) relative with first (201);3rd (203), it is arranged to one side (191) of having with second (202) are connected and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, 3rd (203) are positioned between first (201) and second (202) relative to relative direction (Z-direction), and first (201) and second (202) are the most relative to each other;With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to be connected first (201) with second (202);Angle part (265), it is arranged as being formed first (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265);The box side terminal (400) being arranged on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged in box (20) and is installed in the installment state of printing equipment (50) receive, from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50), the external force upwards pressed box (20);And first box side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd (203) and above and is arranged in installment state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), and the thus constrained box (20) motion on the direction upwards pressed, wherein, the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the position close to box side terminal (400).
G-5-2. the second change case:
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: being arranged as being formed first (201) of the outer surface of box, first (201) have the ink feed structure (280) being connected with printing equipment;Second (202) relative with first (201);3rd (203), it is arranged to one side (191) of having with second (202) are connected and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, 3rd (203) are positioned between first (201) and second (202) relative to relative direction (Z-direction), and first (201) and second (202) are the most relative to each other;With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to be connected first (201) with second (202);Angle part (265), it is arranged as being formed first (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265);The box side terminal (400) being arranged on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged in the external force that box (20) is installed under the installment state of printing equipment (50) upwards press box (20) from equipment side terminal (700) reception of printing equipment (50);And first box side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd (203) and above and is arranged in the mounted state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), and the thus constrained box (20) motion on the direction upwards pressed, wherein, the first box side restricted part (210) is arranged on compared to the position close to (291) closer to another side (290).
G-5-3. the 3rd change case:
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: being arranged as being formed first (201) of the outer surface of box, first (201) have the ink feed structure (280) being connected with printing equipment;Second (202) relative with first (201);3rd (203), it is arranged to one side (191) of having with second (202) are connected and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, 3rd (203) are positioned between first (201) and second (202) relative to relative direction (Z-direction), and first (201) and second (202) are the most relative to each other;With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to be connected first (201) with second (202);Angle part (265), it is arranged as being formed first (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265);The box side terminal (400) being arranged on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged in the external force that box (20) is installed under the installment state of printing equipment (50) upwards press box (20) from equipment side terminal (700) reception of printing equipment (50);And first box side restricted part (210), it is upper and by cloth that it is arranged on the 3rd (203) It is set in the mounted state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), and the thus constrained box (20) motion on the direction upwards pressed, wherein, the first box side restricted part (210) is arranged on compared to the position close to (291) closer to another side (290).
Similar with above-mentioned first embodiment, any one in the first to the 3rd change case advantageously prevent the position mispairing relative to printing equipment of the box side terminal, and stable electrically connecting of therefore ensuring that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal.In any one in the first to the 3rd change case, when in the mounted state in relative direction (Z-direction) direction from first lateral second side be+Z-direction and the direction from second side to first side be-Z-direction time, the first box side restricted part be preferably located in the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.
G-5-4. the 4th change case
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: the ink feed structure (280) being connected with printing equipment;Box side terminal (400), it is arranged in the external force that box (20) is installed under the installment state of printing equipment (50) upwards press box (20) from equipment side terminal (700) reception of printing equipment (50);And first box side restricted part (210), it is positioned at and box side terminal (400) same side and be arranged in the mounted state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), and the thus constrained box (20) motion on the direction upwards pressed, wherein, the first box side restricted part (210) is arranged on the position close to box side terminal (700).
When upwards direction of exerting pressure be+rightabout of Z-direction and upwards direction of exerting pressure is-Z-direction time, the first box side restricted part be preferably located in the rotary shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.
Similar with above-mentioned first embodiment, the 4th change case advantageously prevent the position mispairing relative to printing equipment of the box side terminal, and stable electrically connecting of therefore ensuring that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal.
G-6. the 6th modification
The present invention can be completed by following change case.The symbol of each key element corresponding to describing in the first embodiment of the symbol in bracket after each key element in each change case.
G-6-1. the first change case:
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: being arranged as being formed first (201) of the outer surface of box, first (201) have the printing material Supply Structure (280) being connected with printing equipment;Second (202) relative with first (201);3rd (203), it is arranged to one side (191) of having with second (202) are connected and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, 3rd (203) are positioned between first (201) and second (202) relative to relative direction (Z-direction), and relative direction is the direction that first (201) and second (202) are the most relative to each other;With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged and intersects with first (201) and second (202);5th (205), it is arranged to intersect with first (201), second (202), the 3rd (203) and fourth face (204);Six (206) relative with the 5th (205);Angle part (265), it is arranged as being formed first (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265);The box side terminal (400) being arranged on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged in box (20) and is installed in the installment state of printing equipment (50) receive, from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50), the external force upwards pressed box (20);And first box side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd (203) and above and is arranged in installment state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), and the thus constrained box (20) motion on the direction upwards pressed, wherein, relative to the relative direction (Y direction) of the 5th (205) Yu the 6th (206), the first box side restricted part 210 is not located therein being provided with outside the scope of box side terminal (400) but on its inside.
G-6-2. the second change case:
One is releasably attached to the box (20) of printing equipment (50) and including: the printing material Supply Structure (280) being connected with printing equipment;Box side terminal (400), it is arranged on the outer surface of box (20), and box side terminal (400) is arranged in the external force that box (20) is installed under the installment state of printing equipment (50) upwards press box (20) from equipment side terminal (700) reception of printing equipment (50);And first box side restricted part (211), its be positioned at on the outer surface of box side terminal (400) same side, first box side restricted part (211) is arranged in the mounted state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), with the constrained box (20) motion on the direction (+Z-direction) upwards pressed, wherein, relative to the width of box, the first box side restricted part (211) is not located therein being provided with the outside of the scope (40Y) of box side terminal (400) but on its inside.According to the first or second change case, box side terminal from equipment side terminal reception along the power of upwards direction of exerting pressure.This direction making it possible to surprisingly adjust the part being provided with box side terminal and stable electrically connecting of ensure that between box side terminal with equipment side terminal.According to the first or second change case, the preferably first box side restricted part is positioned at the lower section of the rotary shaft of bar.Here term " lower section " is such as corresponding to-Z-direction or the direction contrary with upwards direction of exerting pressure.
G-7. the 7th modification:
The present invention can be by following description with changed.The symbol of each key element corresponding to describing in the first embodiment of the symbol in bracket after each key element in each description.
G-7-1. the first change case
One is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is formed component (731-739) pressure by equipment side contact elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it includes front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other;Electronic installation;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), with when print cartridge (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force (Pt), contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention to carry out the prestige deformation of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing front portion (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), the various piece (620) that this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) engages, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and time ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during ink feed structure that unilateral observation print cartridge prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when front portion (203) in ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22), at least some of width midway generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of print cartridge of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom surface (201).
G-7-2. the second change case
One is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), it is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is formed component (731-739) pressure by equipment side contact elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it includes front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other;Electronic installation;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), to be installed to form component (731-739) and contact with contacting of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) and receive from it elastic force (Pt) when printing equipment (50) is upper when print cartridge (20), terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), terminal plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) (BP);And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention to carry out the prestige deformation of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing front portion (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal in the left side of the first restricted part and the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), the various piece (620) that this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) engages, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and time ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during ink feed structure that unilateral observation print cartridge prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when front portion (203) in ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22), at least some of width midway generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of print cartridge of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom (201).
G-7-3. the 3rd change case
nullOne is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50),Ink-jet printing apparatus (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739),It is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is formed component (731-739) pressure by equipment side contact elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20),Ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810),Print cartridge (20) including: box body (22),It includes first surface (203)、Second surface (204)、3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201),First surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other;Electronic installation;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, contact portion (cp) is suitable for and is disposed in contact portion structure (408), with when print cartridge (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force (Pt), contact portion (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) (BP);And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing first surface (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), the various piece (620) that this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) engages, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and time ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during ink feed structure that unilateral observation print cartridge prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when first surface (203) in ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22), at least some of width midway generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of print cartridge of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-4. the 4th change case
nullOne is suitable for the print cartridge (20) being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50),Ink-jet printing apparatus (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739),It is constructed and arranged to when print cartridge (20) is formed component (731-739) pressure by equipment side contact elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20),Ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810),Print cartridge (20) including: box body (22),It includes first surface (203)、Second surface (204)、3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201),First surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other;Electronic installation;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);nullTerminal support structure (408),It orientates the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22) as,Terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation,Terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408),To be installed to form component (731-739) and contact with contacting and receive from it elastic force (Pt) when printing equipment (50) is upper when print cartridge (20),Terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP),Terminal plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288),Print cartridge is promoted by the vector components making the elastic force (Pt) from equipment side contact formation component (731-739) along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing first surface (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), the various piece (620) that this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) engages, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and time ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during ink feed structure that unilateral observation print cartridge prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when first surface (203) in ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22), at least some of width midway generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of print cartridge of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-5. the 5th change case
A kind of combination of a part for print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination includes: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part includes: the contact of multiple equipment sides forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20) by it;And there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it includes front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), and anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Electronic installation;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), to contact at the contact portion of terminal (400) (cp) place with contacting formation component (731-739) and to receive from it elastic force (Pt), contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing front portion (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and time ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during ink feed structure that unilateral observation print cartridge prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when front portion (203) in ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22), at least some of width midway generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of print cartridge of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom (201).
G-7-6. the 6th change case
A kind of combination of a part for print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination includes: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part includes: the contact of multiple equipment sides forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20) by it;And there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it includes front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), and anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other;Electronic installation;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), with with contact formation component (731-739) contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt), terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), and terminal plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention to carry out the prestige deformation of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box to carry out the prestige deformation of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing front portion (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal in the left side of the first restricted part and the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and time ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during ink feed structure that unilateral observation print cartridge prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when front portion (203) in ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22), at least some of width midway generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of print cartridge of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom surface (201).
G-7-7. the 7th change case
A kind of combination of a part for print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination includes: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part includes: the contact of multiple equipment sides forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20) by it;And there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it include first surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Electronic installation;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), to contact at the contact portion of terminal (400) (cp) place with contacting formation component (731-739) and to receive from it elastic force (Pt), contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing first surface (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and time ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during ink feed structure that unilateral observation print cartridge prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when first surface (203) in ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22), at least some of width midway generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of print cartridge of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-8. the 8th change case
A kind of combination of a part for print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination includes: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part includes: the contact of multiple equipment sides forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20) by it;And there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) including: box body (22), it include first surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other;For accommodating the ink chamber (200) of ink;Electronic installation;Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20);Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), with with contact formation component (731-739) contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt), terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), and terminal plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), it includes the bonding part (212) that the bonding part (810) with bar (80) engages, to limit the print cartridge (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing first surface (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal in the left side of the first restricted part and the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during ink feed structure (280) those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) prone, when along with During the vertical orientation measurement distance of the plane (BP) that limited by leading edge (288), the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) when box (20) is mounted.
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and time ink feed structure (280) that side prone (203) observes print cartridge (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during ink feed structure that unilateral observation print cartridge prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when first surface (203) in ink feed structure (280) prone state observation box body (22), at least some of width midway generally within print cartridge (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of print cartridge of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-9. the 9th change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), and ink-jet printing apparatus (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), and ink supply system includes: electronic installation;For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP);Terminal support structure (408), it has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), with when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the vector components making the elastic force (Pt) from equipment side contact formation component (731-739) promotes ink chamber (200) along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, to limit the terminal support structure (408) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408), and contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50), contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), enough inclinations can be there is so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), and it includes front portion (203) and rear portion (204), and anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are relative to each other;With the rear portion (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, the front portion (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) is immediately, the various piece (620) that this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) engages, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), and it includes that first surface (203) and second surface (204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other;With the second surface (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) is immediately, the various piece (620) that this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) engages, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Change case 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for limiting motion.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is formed component applying from contact, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) face down on right side and ink feed structure (280) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part in the bonding part of the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the first restricted part when right side and ink feed structural plane are downward, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Additionally, the bonding part reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also include the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), at least some of width midway generally within main body (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of main body of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at ink chamber (200), and above and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299k), ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on minor adaptations (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), ink is fed to minor adaptations (200S) from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also include main body (22), main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom surface (201).
G-7-10. the tenth change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810), and ink supply system includes: electronic installation;For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP);Terminal support structure (408), it has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), with when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50) with contact formation component (731-739) contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the vector components making the elastic force (Pt) from equipment side contact formation component (731-739) promotes ink chamber (200) along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);And first restricted part (210), it includes being suitable for the bonding part (212) that the bonding part (810) with bar (80) engages, to limit the terminal support structure (408) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408), and terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50), terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal in the left side of the first restricted part and the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), can there is enough inclinations in print cartridge so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), and it includes front portion (203) and rear portion (204), and anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are relative to each other;With the rear portion (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, the front portion (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) is immediately, the various piece (620) that this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) engages, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), and it includes that first surface (203) and second surface (204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other;With the second surface (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) is immediately, the various piece (620) that this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is configured to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) engages, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Change case 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for limiting.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is formed component applying from contact, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) face down on right side and ink feed structure (280) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part in the bonding part of the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the first restricted part when right side and ink feed structural plane are downward, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Additionally, the bonding part reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also include the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), at least some of width midway generally within main body (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of main body of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at ink chamber (200), and above and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299k), ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on minor adaptations (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), ink is fed to minor adaptations (200S) from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also include main body (22), main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom surface (201).
G-7-11. the 11st change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of the part by ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), system includes: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), and this part includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739) and has the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Electronic installation;For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP);Terminal support structure (408), it has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the vector components making the elastic force (Pt) from equipment side contact formation component (731-739) promotes ink chamber (200) along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit the terminal support structure (408) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408), and contact portion (cp) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50), contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the right side of the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), enough inclinations can be there is so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), and it includes front portion (203) and rear portion (204), and anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are relative to each other;With the rear portion (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, the front portion (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) is immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), and it includes that first surface (203) and second surface (204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other;With the second surface (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) is immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50) pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for limiting motion.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is formed component applying from contact, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) face down on right side and ink feed structure (280) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part in the bonding part of the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the first restricted part when right side and ink feed structural plane are downward, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Additionally, the bonding part reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also include the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), at least some of width midway generally within main body (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of main body of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at ink chamber (200), and above and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299k), ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on minor adaptations (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), ink is fed to minor adaptations (200S) from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also include main body (22), main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom surface (201).
G-7-12. the 12nd change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of the part by ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), system includes: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), and this part includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739) and has the bar (80) of bonding part (810);Electronic installation;For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink;Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is configured to from ink chamber (200), ink is fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP);Terminal support structure (408), it has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) being connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50) with contact formation component (731-739) contact and receive from it elastic force (Pt);And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit the terminal support structure (408) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD);Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure (408), and terminal (400) is arranged substantially in terminal plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane of leading edge (288) when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned adjacent to terminal support structure, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for ink.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing machine.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing machine terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing machine terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing machine is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50), terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When ink supply system provides ink to printing equipment, if excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the left hand edge of the leftmost side terminal in the left side of the first restricted part and the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), enough inclinations can be there is so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), and it includes front portion (203) and rear portion (204), and anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are relative to each other;With the back side (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, the front (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) is immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also includes: main body (22), and it includes that first surface (203) and second surface (204), first surface (203) and second surface (204) are relative to each other;With the second surface (204) of main body (22) the second restricted part (220) immediately, the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) is immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50) pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for limiting motion.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is formed component applying from contact, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment (50), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) face down on right side and ink feed structure (280) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system provide ink to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part in the bonding part of the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the first restricted part when right side and ink feed structural plane are downward, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Additionally, the bonding part reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also include the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), at least some of width midway generally within main body (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of main body of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at ink chamber (200), and above and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also include adapter (299k), ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on minor adaptations (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and when ink supply system is by ink feed to printing equipment (50), ink is fed to minor adaptations (200S) from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also include main body (22), main body includes top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom (201).
G-8. the 8th modification
The present invention can be by following description with changed.In each description, the symbol in bracket after each key element is corresponding at first embodiment or the symbol of each key element described in the modification of the box with adapter.
G-8-1. the first change case
One is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), printing equipment has a structure that printing equipment (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), it is arranged to elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810), box (20) including: first (203), second (204), 3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201) toward each other;Electronic installation;For accommodating the liquid chamber (200) of liquid;Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) place, it is configured to from liquid chamber (200), liquid is fed to printing equipment (50), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20);Conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as and closer to first (203) and is connected with electronic installation compared to close to second (204), terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, with the constrained box (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close to the 3rd (202) and first (203) closer to the position of contact portion (cp).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.While box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at compared to close to the 3rd and first position closer to contact portion, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for liquid.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing equipment side terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing equipment side terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing equipment by box when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to the midpoint (203p) between the cross part (295) and the cross part (291) of the 3rd (202) and first (203) of first (203) and contact portion plane (TP) closer to the position of contact portion (cp).
By being attached to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the position close to midpoint closer to contact portion, above-mentioned advantage can be brought well.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, wherein, when first (203) of observation box (20) under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the extended line (435PL) of the left hand edge (435p) of the left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of the rightmost side terminal (439) of multiple terminal (431-439) and the leftmost side terminal (435) of multiple terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on second (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part is partially disengaged from printing equipment side engagement.
Adaptations 5
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during liquid Supply Structure that unilateral observation box prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when in liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation first (203), at least some of width midway when box (20) is mounted generally within box (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of box of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with fourth face (201).
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, also include adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter.
G-8-2. the second change case
One is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), printing equipment (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), it is arranged to elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810), box (20) including: first (203), second (204), 3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201) toward each other;Electronic installation;For accommodating the liquid chamber (200) of liquid;Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) place, it is configured to from liquid chamber (200), liquid is fed to printing equipment (50), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20);Conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as and closer to first (203) and is connected with electronic installation compared to close to second (204), terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, with the constrained box (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) is arranged on the position of the first cross part (295) intersected compared to the second cross part intersected close to the 3rd (202) and first (203) closer to first (203) and contact portion plane (TP).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.While box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the first restricted part be arranged on compared to close to the 3rd with first the second cross part intersected closer to the position of first with the first cross part of contact portion level-crossing, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for liquid.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing equipment side terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing equipment side terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing equipment by box when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to the position close to the midpoint (203p) between the first cross part (295) and the second cross part closer to the first cross part (295).
By being attached to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the position close to midpoint closer to contact portion, above-mentioned advantage can be brought well.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion (cp) plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, wherein, when first (203) of observation box (20) under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the extended line (435PL) of the left hand edge (435p) of the left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of the rightmost side terminal (439) of multiple terminal (431-439) and the leftmost side terminal (435) of multiple terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on second (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part is partially disengaged from printing equipment side engagement.
Adaptations 5
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.Possibility also is divided in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during liquid Supply Structure that unilateral observation box prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when in liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation first (203), at least some of width midway when box (20) is mounted generally within box (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of box of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with fourth face (201).
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, also include adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter.
G-8-3. the 3rd change case
One is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), printing equipment has a structure that printing equipment (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), it is arranged to elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810) and pivotal point, box (20) including: first (203), second (204), 3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201) toward each other;Electronic installation;For accommodating the liquid chamber (200) of liquid;Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) place, it is configured to from liquid chamber (200), liquid is fed to printing equipment (50), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20);Conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as and closer to first (203) and is connected with electronic installation compared to close to second (204), terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, with the constrained box (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is arranged such that box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), and the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) engages in the position of pivotal point (800c) lower section being positioned at bar (80) with bar (80).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.While box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned in the position below the pivotal point of bar, the motion of constrained box so bar is had an effect.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus maintaining between box side terminal with equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for liquid.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing equipment side terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing equipment side terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing equipment by box when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
By being attached to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the position close to midpoint closer to contact portion, above-mentioned advantage can be brought well.
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, when first (203) of observation box (20) under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the extended line (435PL) of the left hand edge (435p) of the left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of the rightmost side terminal (439) of multiple terminal (431-439) and the leftmost side terminal (435) of multiple terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on second (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part is partially disengaged from printing equipment side engagement.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during liquid Supply Structure that unilateral observation box prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when in liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation first (203), at least some of width midway when box (20) is mounted generally within box (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of box of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with fourth face (201).
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, also include adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter.
G-8-4. the 4th change case
One is adapted for attachment to the box (20) on printing equipment (50), printing equipment (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), it is arranged to elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also includes the bar (80) with bonding part (810), box (20) including: anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), wherein, anterior (203) and rear portion (204) are toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) are relative to each other;Electronic installation;For accommodating the liquid chamber (200) of liquid;Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at (201) place, bottom, it is configured to from liquid chamber (200), liquid is fed to printing equipment (50), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20);Conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as and closer to anterior (203) and is connected with electronic installation compared to close to rear portion (204), terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), its bonding part (810) being suitable for bar (80) engages, with the constrained box (20) motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) is arranged on the position being positioned at compared to close to top (202) closer to contact portion plane (tp).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.While box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at compared to close to top closer to the position of contact portion position, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus stable between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with box, institute for manufacture box material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of box when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for liquid.
Additionally, because bar is not on box, so in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box, need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that box is packaged carrying out box, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first box side restricted part.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing equipment side terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing equipment side terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment is applied to box terminal, it is similar in United States Patent (USP) 6 so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing equipment by box when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box (20) as above, wherein, the midpoint (203p) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to the cross part close to anterior (203) and the cross part of contact portion plane (TP) and top (202) and anterior (203) is closer to the position of contact portion (cp).
By being attached to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the position close to midpoint closer to contact portion, above-mentioned advantage can be brought well.
Adaptations 2
Box (20) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 3
Box (20) as above, wherein, when front portion (203) of observation box (20) under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the extended line (435PL) of the left hand edge (435p) of the left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of the rightmost side terminal (439) of multiple terminal (431-439) and the leftmost side terminal (435) of multiple terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 4
Box (20) as above, wherein, bonding part is suitable for engaging with rotatable bar, and rotatable bar has the pivotal point of the top, bonding part (212) in the first bonding part (210).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of the first bonding part, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Box (20) as above, the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part is partially disengaged from printing equipment side engagement.
Adaptations 6
Box (20) as above, wherein, the second restricted part (220) is suitable for when box (20) is rotated to unload from the keeper of printing equipment (50) as the pivotal point rotated.
Adaptations 7
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 8
Box (20) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during liquid Supply Structure that unilateral observation box prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 9
Box (20) as above, wherein, when in liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation anterior (203), at least some of width midway when box (20) is mounted generally within box (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of box of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 10
Box (20) as above, wherein, leading edge (288) plane (BP) limited is substantially flush with bottom (201).
Adaptations 11
Box (20) as above, also include adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is configured to coordinating with adapter.
Adaptations 12
The use of box (20) as above, wherein, the movable bar (80) of the bonding part of box (20) and printing equipment (50) is so that the mode that bar (80) has the pivotal point of side on the engagement portion engages.
Adaptations 13
A kind of box (20) and the combination of printing equipment (50), this combination includes: box as above;And printing equipment (50), it includes that multiple equipment sides contact that elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20) forms component (731-739), and there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810), this bonding part is suitable for the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) with box (20) and engages, with the constrained box (20) movement on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD).
Adaptations 14
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and a pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) is arranged on the top, bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) of box (20).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of the first restricted part, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 15
Combination as above, wherein, the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) is arranged on the right side, bonding part (212) of first restricted part (210) of box (20).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point on the right side of the bonding part of the first restricted part of box, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
G-8-5. the 5th change case
One is suitable for supplying liquid to the liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) of printing equipment (50), printing equipment (50) includes that the contact of multiple equipment side forms component (731-739), and liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) including: electronic installation;Fluid supply (200i, 200j, 200T);Liquid Supply Structure (280), it is suitable for and is configured to from fluid supply (200i, 200j, 200T), liquid is fed to printing equipment (50), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines plane (BP);Adapter (299, 299j, 299k), it has: conductance electric terminal (400), it is connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is arranged to as supply system (20i, 20j, when 20k) supplying liquid to printing equipment (50), contact at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) with contacting formation component (731-739) and receive from it elastic force (Pt), the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged substantially in contact portion plane (TP), contact portion plane is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288);And first restricted part (210), it is arranged on the front portion (203) of adapter and is suitable for the bonding part (810) with bar (80) and engages, with the motion on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD) of the limit adaptation device, the first restricted part (210) is orientated as neighbouring with contact portion plane (TP).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.While adapter is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between adapter and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is orientated as with contact portion plane immediately, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs close to the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Also it is possible to the position of the terminal occurred due to the vibration during printing operation is moved and can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and thus keep between adapter side terminal and equipment side terminal stable electrically connects.
Additionally, because bar is not combined with adapter, institute for manufacture adapter material can from be used for manufacturing the material of bar different.It is also possible to select the material of adapter when needing not worry about the requirement of flexible and durability and more paying close attention to other characteristics of such as durability for liquid.
Additionally, because bar is not on adapter, so the encapsulation of adapter need not special attention being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar for transporting and be distributed.This simplify the convenience that encapsulation requires and improves use.Because bar is not the integral part of adapter, so adapter can be made less.This size further allowing for reducing the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) for the transport and distribution that adapter is packaged carrying out adapter, thus desirably reduces transport and component costs.Equally because bar with adapter one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No. 2005/0151811, the first adapter side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This possibility making to significantly reduce the elastic deformation of the first adapter lateral spacing element.In installation or arrangement state, adapter can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains normal or good the contacting between box side terminal with equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first adapter lateral spacing element can have little size and simple structure, so need not special attention in the encapsulation for transport and distribution box being plastically deformed of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce the convenience that encapsulation requires and also improves use.
The bonding part of box terminal with box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (rather than flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel the most perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), so the surface of box terminal can be by suitably wiping during box is inserted into printing equipment.Additionally, issuable insulation ruptures (dust) when this structure has been reduced or eliminated printing equipment side terminal and the scraping of circuit board distance during the installation of box.
Because the elastic force that printing equipment side terminal is included within the vector components on the direction that box is unloaded from printing equipment is applied to box terminal, it is similar to enclose patent 6 in U.S.A so need not offer, the spring of the spring 103 described in 955,422.In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and is together pressed printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing equipment by box when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is released from.Therefore, there is no need to as the situation of United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 provides additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction be possibly realized.
Because the bonding part that the first restricted part is suitable for bar engages, with constrained box movement on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will be formed the elastic force of component by equipment side contact and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by " sandwiched " in this way, so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7, being compared by the restriction of circuit board 40 side in 008,053, box terminal contacts the mispairing formed between component with equipment side or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane is relative to the plane BP one-tenth angle about 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge 288, it is therefore prevented that excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when the front of observation box (20) under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the extended line (435PL) of the left hand edge (435p) of the left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of the rightmost side terminal (439) of multiple terminal (431-439) and the leftmost side terminal (435) of multiple terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively firmly held, then its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side by the leftmost side contact portion in the left side of the first restricted part and the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminals and multiple terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt so that multiple terminals contact the electrical contact formed between component with equipment side can be the most stable.
Adaptations 3
Liquid delivery system (20i as above, 20j, 20k), the second restricted part (220) being additionally included on the rear portion (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (B) between bonding part and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the second restricted part (220) is more than the distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates the bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, can more effectively reduce the possibility that the first restricted part is partially disengaged from printing equipment side engagement.
Adaptations 4
Liquid delivery system (20i as above, 20j, 20k), wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when along vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) orientation measurement distance, distance (A) between bonding part (212) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of the first restricted part (210) is less than the distance (C) when box (20) is mounted between pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance when box is mounted between pivotal point and the plane limited by leading edge of bar, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar releases locking or the possibility of disengaging, thus produces stable electrical connection at multiple terminals between formation component with contacting, and reduces poor successional possibility.When power is applied to, from contact formation component, the box being mounted, the first restricted part can move around the rotary shaft of bar.This reduce the bonding part of the first restricted part from the separate possibility in the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when from the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) to the right and during liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle observation box (20), when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box is installed so that when from the bonding part of the first restricted part to the right and time the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar during liquid Supply Structure that unilateral observation box prone, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated around the rotary shaft of bar along the direction in opposite direction with releasing locking by bar.The bonding part this reducing the first restricted part releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the bonding part of the first restricted part and releases the possibility of locking from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) as above, wherein, when at liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation adapter anterior, at least some of width midway when box (20) is mounted generally within box (20) of the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210).
By the first restricted part being arranged at least some of generally within the position at the width midway of box of bonding part so that the first restricted part, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminals, stablizes so that multiple terminal contacts the electrical connection formed between component with equipment side.
Adaptations 7
Liquid delivery system (20i, 20j) as above, also includes container assemblies (200i, 200j), has fluid supply wherein and be suitable for coordinating with adapter.
Adaptations 8
Liquid delivery system (20j) as above, wherein, liquid Supply Structure (280) is arranged on container assemblies (200j).
Adaptations 9
Liquid delivery system (20k) as above, also includes: wherein have the tank (200T) of fluid supply;There is the minor adaptations (200S) of liquid Supply Structure (280);And the pipeline (200L) that tank is connected with minor adaptations.
It is to be understood that, feature described herein can be a part for the combination of a part for box itself, box and printing equipment, or in other words, when box is installed to be suitable for providing ink or other printing materials in the system of printing equipment and/or during as one part, all without departing from the scope of the present invention.
Herein in relation to according to the present invention the fact that any portion of various aspects describe may adapt in above-mentioned various change case any one.
It will be recognized by those skilled in the art that the present invention can have many application, can be implemented in every way, and be therefore not limited to the restriction of previous embodiment and example.Any number of feature of different embodiment described herein can be incorporated into has ratio in the single embodiment of the more or less feature of whole features described herein and alternative embodiment.In whole or in part, function can also be with any known or will known mode distribute between multiple assemblies.
Those skilled in the art will be appreciated that and can be changed for examples described above, without departing from its broad sense creativeness concept.It is therefore understood that the present invention is not limited to disclosed specific embodiment, but it is intended to cover the modification in the spirit and scope of the present invention being defined by the claims.Although the foundation characteristic having shown that and describing the present invention is applied in example embodiment it should be appreciated that by those skilled in the art, form and the details of present invention disclosed can be carried out omissions, substitutions and changes, without departing from the scope of the present invention.Additionally, as understood by a person skilled in the art, the scope of the present invention covers changing and modifications of the development conventionally known, further for assembly described herein.Therefore, the present invention is limited only as the scope that claim limits.Should be appreciated that claim is intended to cover all general and special feature of the present invention disclosed herein, and whole statements (it is language issues) of the scope of the present invention can fall into wherein.

Claims (35)

1. being releasably attached to a box for printing equipment, described printing equipment includes:
Box mounting structure, it is configured to have: (i) equipment side diapire component;(ii) first set Standby side side wall member, it is set to intersect with described equipment side diapire component;And (iii) second sets Standby side side wall member, its be set to intersect with equipment side diapire component and with described first equipment side side Wall member is relative;
Printing material supply pipe, it is configured to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged On described equipment side diapire component, described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be configured to by The printing material being contained in described box is supplied to the end;
Multiple equipment side terminals, it is arranged on office, equipment side corner, the most described equipment side diapire Component intersects with described first equipment side side wall member;And
Bar, it is rotatably provided in described first equipment side side wall member, to be used for Described box is installed to described printing equipment or unloads from it, wherein
Z axis represents parallel for the center line C axle with described printing material supply pipe, X-axis represent along It arranges described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis, And Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis, and wherein ,+Z-direction represents along Z The direction that axle is held to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe ,-Z-direction represents and+Z The direction that direction of principal axis is contrary ,+X-direction represents along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to institute Stating the direction of equipment side terminal ,-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary ,+Y direction Represent along Y direction to the direction of one end, and-Y direction represents along Y direction to separately The direction of one end, wherein
Under described box is installed to the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal with Described box contacts, with by power along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to described box, And
Described bar have the control member at+Z-direction end and at-Z-direction end first Equipment side limits element, described box to carry out locking and thus limits described box in+Z-direction Motion, described bar is wound on described control member and described first equipment side limits the position between element Rotary shaft pivot and in the XZ plane parallel with X-direction and Z-direction rotate, its In
Described X-axis corresponding with the described box being under installment state, described Y-axis and described Z axis Corresponding to X-axis, Y-axis and the Z axis of described box,
Described box includes:
Be positioned at-Z-direction side on first and be positioned at+Z-direction side on second, the two Face is the most relative to each other;
Be positioned at+X-direction side on the 3rd and be positioned at-X-direction side on fourth face, the two Face toward each other and intersects with described first and described second in the X-axis direction;
Angle part, it is arranged as being connected described first with described 3rd;
Chamfered surface, its part being arranged to form described angle part and to including+X-axis side Tilt to the specific direction of composition and-Z-direction composition;
Printing material Supply Structure, it is arranged on described first, to supply with described printing material Pipe is connected;
Multiple box side terminals, it is set to corresponding with equipment side terminal each described and is positioned at described On chamfered surface, with from described equipment side terminal reception along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition Power;And
First box side restricted part, its be configured to by described first equipment side limit element locking and Thus limit the motion in+Z-direction of the described box, wherein
Described first box lateral spacing system be partially disposed within described 3rd close to described 3rd and institute State the position of the cross section that chamfered surface intersects;
Second box side restricted part, it is configured to by being arranged in described second equipment side side wall member The second equipment side limit element locking, and thus limit the motion in+Z-direction of the described box, And described second box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within described fourth face;
Described first equipment side limits element and is configured in box installment state at the first lock position Engage with described first box side restricted part;
Described second equipment side limits element and is configured in box installment state at the second lock position Engage with described second box side restricted part;
Described first lock position is located at-Z-direction side on leave the position of described second lock position Place;
Described box along the plane parallel with Z axis and X-axis around described second lock position rotate, with In installing or unloading.
Box the most according to claim 1, also includes:
Circuit board, it is configured to have the described box side terminal arranged from the teeth outwards and is arranged on the back of the body Memory cell on face, wherein, described chamfered surface is formed by the described surface of described circuit board, And described first box side restricted part is located proximate to described circuit board plate end on+Z-direction side End.
Box the most according to claim 1, wherein,
Described first box lateral spacing system be partially disposed within through the width of described box or Y direction length Central authorities and the position of the level-crossing parallel with Z axis and X-axis.
Box the most according to claim 1, wherein,
Described box side terminal includes:
The first terminal, it includes being positioned at+Y direction end first outside;And
Second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, wherein
At least some of of described first box side restricted part is positioned at described first outside in the Y-axis direction And between described second outside.
Box the most according to claim 4, wherein,
Described first box side restricted part is not the most located at described first outside and described the Outside scope between two outsides, and within the scope of this.
Box the most according to claim 1, wherein,
Described second box side restricted part is jut, is formed as depression or the institute of through hole to be inserted into State the first equipment side to limit in element.
Box the most according to claim 1, wherein,
Described first box side restricted part be positioned at the rotary shaft of described bar-X-direction side on.
Box the most according to claim 7, wherein,
Described first box side restricted part has the first bearing part and the second bearing part, and described first The Part I that bearing part limits element with described first equipment side leans, and exists limiting described box Motion in+Z-direction, and described second bearing part limits element with described first equipment side Part II leans, to limit the motion in+X-direction of the described box.
Box the most according to claim 1, also includes:
Jut, it is configured to lean with the control member of described bar, and will install To the box of described box mounting structure during described box mounting structure unloads, from described box, knot is installed Structure receives and includes+the power of Z-direction composition, and
Described jut be arranged in described 3rd upper described first box side restricted part+Z-direction Side.
Box the most according to claim 1, wherein,
Described angle part has from described first step extended along+Z-direction,
Described step be positioned at described chamfered surface-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on, and
Described step have be arranged on described box mounting structure the 3rd equipment side limit element connect The 3rd box lateral spacing element touched, to limit the motion in the Y-axis direction of described box.
11. boxes according to claim 10, wherein,
Described 3rd box lateral spacing element includes a pair haunched member, and it is configured to reception and sets from described Standby side diapire component limits element along+described 3rd equipment side that Z-direction is prominent, and
The pair of haunched member highlights along+X-direction from described step.
12. boxes according to claim 10, wherein,
When in time observing described box along+Z-direction for described first, described 3rd box lateral spacing system unit A part for part is overlapping with described chamfered surface.
13. boxes according to claim 1, wherein,
Described printing material Supply Structure be arranged on described first compared to close to the described 3rd Face is closer to the position of described fourth face.
14. boxes according to claim 6, wherein,
Described first box side restricted part is jut.
15. boxes according to claim 1, wherein,
Described box side terminal includes the box side joint of the equipment side ground terminal contact with described equipment side terminal Ground terminal, described equipment side ground terminal is connected with ground wire, and described box side ground terminal is set In width or the centre of Y direction length of described box, and it is configured to described box is being installed During described box mounting structure, in any other box side terminal and corresponding equipment side terminal phase Contact with described equipment side ground terminal before contact.
16. boxes according to claim 15, wherein,
The Z-direction length of described box side ground terminal is long more than the Z-direction of other box side terminal Degree.
17. 1 kinds of boxes being releasably attached to printing equipment,
Described printing equipment includes:
Box mounting structure, it is configured to allow for installing and unloading described box;
Printing material supply pipe, it is configured to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged On the bottom surface of described box mounting structure, described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be configured to Will be received in the printing material in described box to supply to the end;
Multiple equipment side terminals, it is set to contact with described box;
Bar, it is set to be used to install and unload described box;And
Side wall member, it is set to engage, wherein with described box
Z axis represents parallel for the center line C axle with described printing material supply pipe, X-axis represent along It arranges described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis, And Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis, and wherein ,+Z-direction represents along Z The direction that axle is held to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe ,-Z-direction represents and+Z The direction that direction of principal axis is contrary ,+X-direction represents along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to institute Stating the direction of equipment side terminal ,-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary ,+Y direction Represent along Y direction to the direction of one end, and-Y direction represents along Y direction to separately The direction of one end, wherein
Under described box is installed to the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal with Described box contacts, with by power along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to described box, And
Described bar have the control member at+Z-direction end and at-Z-direction end first Equipment side limits element, described box to carry out locking and thus limits described box in+Z-direction Motion, described bar is wound on described control member and described first equipment side limits the position between element Rotary shaft pivot and in the XZ plane parallel with X-direction and Z-direction rotate, its In
Described X-axis corresponding with the described box being under installment state, described Y-axis and described Z axis Corresponding to X-axis, Y-axis and the Z axis of described box,
Described box includes:
Printing material Supply Structure, its be positioned at described box-Z-direction end at, with described printing material Material supply pipe is connected;
Circuit board, its be positioned at described printing material Supply Structure+X-direction side on and have to The surface tilted including the specific direction of+X-direction composition and-Z-direction composition;
Multiple box side terminals, it is set to corresponding with equipment side terminal each described and is positioned at described On the described surface of circuit board, with from described equipment side terminal reception along including+Z-direction composition The power of specific direction;And
First box side restricted part, its be configured to by described first equipment side limit element locking and Thus limit the motion in+Z-direction of the described box, and it is positioned at described printing material Supply Structure + X-direction side on, wherein
Described first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within the position close to plate end, described plate end position In the described surface of described circuit board+Z-direction side;
Second box side restricted part, it is configured to by the second equipment being arranged in described side wall member Lateral spacing element locking, and thus limit the motion in+Z-direction of the described box, and described Two box lateral spacing systems be partially disposed within described box-X-direction end at;
Described first equipment side limits element and is configured in box installment state at the first lock position Engage with described first box side restricted part;
Described second equipment side limits element and is configured in box installment state at the second lock position Engage with described second box side restricted part;
Described first lock position is located at-Z-direction side on leave the position of described second lock position Place;
Described box along the plane parallel with Z axis and X-axis around described second lock position rotate, with In installing or unloading.
18. 1 kinds of printing material supply systems, comprising:
Printing equipment;And
According to the box described in any one in claim 1 to 17,
Described printing equipment includes:
Box mounting structure, it is configured to have: (i) equipment side diapire component;(ii) first set Standby side side wall member, it is set to intersect with described equipment side diapire component;And (iii) second sets Standby side side wall member, its be set to intersect with equipment side diapire component and with described first equipment side side Wall member is relative;
Printing material supply pipe, it is configured to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged On described equipment side diapire component, described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be configured to by The printing material being contained in described box is supplied to the end;
Multiple equipment side terminals, it is arranged on office, equipment side corner, the most described equipment side diapire Component intersects with described first equipment side side wall member;And
Bar, it is rotatably provided in described first equipment side side wall member, to be used for Described box is installed to described printing equipment or unloads from it, wherein
Z axis represents parallel for the center line C axle with described printing material supply pipe, X-axis represent along It arranges described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis, And Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis, and wherein ,+Z-direction represents along Z The direction that axle is held to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe ,-Z-direction represents and+Z The direction that direction of principal axis is contrary ,+X-direction represents along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to institute Stating the direction of equipment side terminal ,-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary ,+Y direction Represent along Y direction to the direction of one end, and-Y direction represents along Y direction to separately The direction of one end, wherein
Under described box is installed to the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal with Described box contacts, with by power along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to described box, And
Described bar have the control member at+Z-direction end and at-Z-direction end first Equipment side limits element, described box to carry out locking and thus limits described box in+Z-direction Motion, described bar is wound on described control member and described first equipment side limits the position between element Rotary shaft pivot.
19. 1 kinds of boxes being releasably attached to printing equipment,
Described printing equipment includes:
Box mounting structure, it is configured to have: (i) equipment side diapire component;(ii) first set Standby side side wall member, it is set to intersect with described equipment side diapire component;And (iii) second sets Standby side side wall member, its be set to intersect with equipment side diapire component and with described first equipment side side Wall member is relative;
Printing material supply pipe, it is configured to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged On described equipment side diapire component, described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be configured to by The printing material being contained in described box is supplied to the end;
Multiple equipment side terminals, it is arranged on office, equipment side corner, the most described equipment side diapire Component intersects with described first equipment side side wall member;And
Bar, it is rotatably provided in described first equipment side side wall member, to be used for Described box is installed to described printing equipment or unloads from it, wherein
Z axis represents parallel for the center line C axle with described printing material supply pipe, X-axis represent along It arranges described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis, And Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis, and wherein ,+Z-direction represents along Z The direction that axle is held to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe ,-Z-direction represents and+Z The direction that direction of principal axis is contrary ,+X-direction represents along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to institute Stating the direction of equipment side terminal ,-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary ,+Y direction Represent along Y direction to the direction of one end, and-Y direction represents along Y direction to separately The direction of one end, wherein
Under described box is installed to the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal with Described box contacts, with by power along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to described box, And
Described bar have the control member at+Z-direction end and at-Z-direction end first Equipment side limits element, described box to carry out locking and thus limits described box in+Z-direction Motion, described bar is wound on described control member and described first equipment side limits the position between element Rotary shaft pivot and in the XZ plane parallel with X-direction and Z-direction rotate, its In
Described X-axis corresponding with the described box being under installment state, described Y-axis and described Z axis Corresponding to X-axis, Y-axis and the Z axis of described box,
Described box includes:
Be positioned at-Z-direction side on first and be positioned at+Z-direction side on second, the two Face is the most relative to each other;
Be positioned at+X-direction side on the 3rd and be positioned at-X-direction side on fourth face, the two Face toward each other and intersects with described first and described second in the X-axis direction;
Angle part, it is arranged as being connected described first with described 3rd;
Chamfered surface, its part being arranged to form described angle part and to including+X-axis side Tilt to the specific direction of composition and-Z-direction composition;
Printing material Supply Structure, it is arranged on described first, to supply with described printing material Pipe is connected;
Multiple box side terminals, it is set to corresponding with equipment side terminal each described and is positioned at described On chamfered surface, with from described equipment side terminal reception along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition Power;And
First box side restricted part, its be configured to by described first equipment side limit element locking and Thus limit the motion in+Z-direction of the described box, wherein
Described first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within described 3rd, and
Described box side terminal includes:
The first terminal, it includes being positioned at+Y direction end first outside;And
Second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, wherein
Described first box side restricted part is not the most located at described first outside and described the Outside scope between two outsides, and within the scope of this;
Second box side restricted part, it is configured to by being arranged in described second equipment side side wall member The second equipment side limit element locking, and thus limit the motion in+Z-direction of the described box, And described second box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within described fourth face;
Described first equipment side limits element and is configured in box installment state at the first lock position Engage with described first box side restricted part;
Described second equipment side limits element and is configured in box installment state at the second lock position Engage with described second box side restricted part;
Described first lock position is located at-Z-direction side on leave the position of described second lock position Place;
Described box along the plane parallel with Z axis and X-axis around described second lock position rotate, with In installing or unloading.
20. boxes according to claim 19, wherein,
Described first box lateral spacing system is partially disposed within intersects close to described 3rd with described chamfered surface The position of cross section.
21. boxes according to claim 19, also include:
Circuit board, it is configured to have the described box side terminal arranged from the teeth outwards and is arranged on the back of the body Memory cell on face, wherein, described chamfered surface is formed by the described surface of described circuit board, And described first box side restricted part is located proximate to described circuit board plate end on+Z-direction side End.
22. boxes according to claim 21, wherein,
Described first box lateral spacing system be partially disposed within through the width of described box or Y direction length Central authorities and the position of the level-crossing parallel with Z axis and X-axis.
23. boxes according to claim 19, wherein,
Described second box side restricted part is jut, is formed as depression or the institute of through hole to be inserted into State the first equipment side to limit in element.
24. boxes according to claim 19, wherein,
Described first box side restricted part be positioned at the rotary shaft of described bar-X-direction side on.
25. boxes according to claim 19, wherein,
Described first box side restricted part has the first bearing part and the second bearing part, and described first The Part I that bearing part limits element with described first equipment side leans, and exists limiting described box Motion in+Z-direction, and described second bearing part limits element with described first equipment side Part II leans, to limit the motion in+X-direction of the described box.
26. boxes according to claim 19, also include:
Jut, it is configured to lean with the control member of described bar, and will install To the box of described box mounting structure during described box mounting structure unloads, from described box, knot is installed Structure receives and includes+the power of Z-direction composition, and
Described jut be arranged in described 3rd upper described first box side restricted part+Z-direction Side.
27. boxes according to claim 19, wherein,
Described angle part has from described first step extended along+Z-direction,
Described step be positioned at described chamfered surface-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on, and
Described step have be arranged on described box mounting structure the 3rd equipment side limit element connect The 3rd box lateral spacing element touched, to limit the motion in the Y-axis direction of described box.
28. boxes according to claim 27, wherein,
Described 3rd box lateral spacing element includes a pair haunched member, and it is configured to reception and sets from described Standby side diapire component limits element along+described 3rd equipment side that Z-direction is prominent, and
The pair of haunched member highlights along+X-direction from described step.
29. boxes according to claim 27, wherein,
When in time observing described box along+Z-direction for described first, described 3rd box lateral spacing system unit A part for part is overlapping with described chamfered surface.
30. boxes according to claim 19, wherein,
Described printing material Supply Structure be arranged on described first compared to close to the described 3rd Face is closer to the position of described fourth face.
31. boxes according to claim 19, wherein,
Described first box side restricted part is jut.
32. boxes according to claim 19, wherein,
Described box side terminal includes the box side joint of the equipment side ground terminal contact with described equipment side terminal Ground terminal, described equipment side ground terminal is connected with ground wire, and described box side ground terminal is set In width or the centre of Y direction length of described box, and it is configured to described box is being installed During described box mounting structure, in any other box side terminal and corresponding equipment side terminal phase Contact with described equipment side ground terminal before contact.
33. boxes according to claim 32, wherein,
The Z-direction length of described box side ground terminal is long more than the Z-direction of other box side terminal Degree.
34. 1 kinds of boxes being releasably attached to printing equipment,
Described printing equipment includes:
Box mounting structure, it is configured to allow for installing and unloading described box;
Printing material supply pipe, it is configured to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged On the bottom surface of described box mounting structure, described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be configured to Will be received in the printing material in described box to supply to the end;
Multiple equipment side terminals, it is set to contact with described box;
Bar, it is set to be used to install and unload described box;And
Side wall member, it is set to engage, wherein with described box
Z axis represents parallel for the center line C axle with described printing material supply pipe, X-axis represent along It arranges described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis, And Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis, and wherein ,+Z-direction represents along Z The direction that axle is held to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe ,-Z-direction represents and+Z The direction that direction of principal axis is contrary ,+X-direction represents along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to institute State the direction of equipment side terminal, and-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary, wherein
Under described box is installed to the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal with Described box contacts, with by power along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to described box, And
Described bar have the control member at+Z-direction end and at-Z-direction end first Equipment side limits element, described box to carry out locking and thus limits described box in+Z-direction Motion, described bar is wound on described control member and described first equipment side limits the position between element Rotary shaft pivot and in the XZ plane parallel with X-direction and Z-direction rotate, its In
Described X-axis corresponding with the described box being under installment state, described Y-axis and described Z axis Corresponding to X-axis, Y-axis and the Z axis of described box,
Described box includes:
Printing material Supply Structure, its be positioned at described box-Z-direction end at, with described printing material Material supply pipe is connected;
Multiple box side terminals, its be arranged on described printing material Supply Structure+X-direction side on also And corresponding to each equipment side terminal, and be positioned to including+X-direction composition becomes with-Z-direction Point specific direction tilt chamfered surface on, with from described equipment side terminal reception along including+Z axis The power of the specific direction of direction composition;And
First box side restricted part, its be configured to by described first equipment side limit element locking and Thus limit the motion in+Z-direction of the described box, and it is positioned at described printing material Supply Structure + X-direction side on and bar rotary shaft-Z-direction side on, wherein
Described box side terminal includes:
The first terminal, it includes being positioned at+Y direction end first outside;And
Second terminal, it includes being positioned at-Y direction end second outside, wherein
Described first box side restricted part is not the most located at described first outside and described the Outside scope between two outsides, and within the scope of this;
Second box side restricted part, it is configured to by the second equipment being arranged in described side wall member Lateral spacing element locking, and thus limit the motion in+Z-direction of the described box, and described Two box lateral spacing systems be partially disposed within described box-X-direction end at;
Described first equipment side limits element and is configured in box installment state at the first lock position Engage with described first box side restricted part;
Described second equipment side limits element and is configured in box installment state at the second lock position Engage with described second box side restricted part;
Described first lock position is located at-Z-direction side on leave the position of described second lock position Place;
Described box along the plane parallel with Z axis and X-axis around described second lock position rotate, with In installing or unloading.
35. 1 kinds of printing material supply systems, comprising:
Printing equipment;And
According to the box described in any one in claim 19 to 34,
Described printing equipment includes:
Box mounting structure, it is configured to have: (i) equipment side diapire component;(ii) first set Standby side side wall member, it is set to intersect with described equipment side diapire component;And (iii) second sets Standby side side wall member, its be set to intersect with equipment side diapire component and with described first equipment side side Wall member is relative;
Printing material supply pipe, it is configured to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and described base terminal is arranged On described equipment side diapire component, described outer peripheral end will be connected with described box and be configured to by The printing material being contained in described box is supplied to the end;
Multiple equipment side terminals, it is arranged on office, equipment side corner, the most described equipment side diapire Component intersects with described first equipment side side wall member;And
Bar, it is rotatably provided in described first equipment side side wall member, to be used for Described box is installed to described printing equipment or unloads from it, wherein
Z axis represents parallel for the center line C axle with described printing material supply pipe, X-axis represent along It arranges described printing material supply pipe and described equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with described Z axis, And Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both Z axis and X-axis, and wherein ,+Z-direction represents along Z The direction that axle is held to the periphery from the base terminal of described printing material supply pipe ,-Z-direction represents and+Z The direction that direction of principal axis is contrary ,+X-direction represents along X-axis from described printing material supply pipe to institute Stating the direction of equipment side terminal ,-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary ,+Y direction Represent along Y direction to the direction of one end, and-Y direction represents along Y direction to separately The direction of one end, wherein
Under described box is installed to the installment state of described box mounting structure, described equipment side terminal with Described box contacts, with by power along including+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to described box, And
Described bar have the control member at+Z-direction end and at-Z-direction end first Equipment side limits element, described box to carry out locking and thus limits described box in+Z-direction Motion, described bar is wound on described control member and described first equipment side limits the position between element Rotary shaft pivot.
CN201280003040.0A 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system Expired - Fee Related CN103370203B (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610630627.4A CN106240160B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system
CN201510102395.0A CN104723691B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system

Applications Claiming Priority (19)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-003698 2012-01-12
JP2012-003652 2012-01-12
JP2012003694 2012-01-12
JP2012-003694 2012-01-12
JP2012003653 2012-01-12
JP2012003652 2012-01-12
JP2012-003653 2012-01-12
JP2012003698 2012-01-12
JPPCT/JP2012/001395 2012-03-01
PCT/JP2012/001395 WO2013105142A1 (en) 2012-01-12 2012-03-01 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,528 US8439482B1 (en) 2012-01-12 2012-03-02 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,478 2012-03-02
US13/410,478 US8297739B1 (en) 2012-03-02 2012-03-02 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,461 2012-03-02
US13/410,461 US8297738B1 (en) 2012-01-12 2012-03-02 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,528 2012-03-02
JP2012189836A JP2013163364A (en) 2012-01-12 2012-08-30 Cartridge and printing material supply system
JP2012-189836 2012-08-30
PCT/JP2012/008314 WO2013105195A1 (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system

Related Child Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201310331964.XA Division CN103481666B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system
CN201510102395.0A Division CN104723691B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system
CN201610630627.4A Division CN106240160B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN103370203A CN103370203A (en) 2013-10-23
CN103370203B true CN103370203B (en) 2016-08-31

Family

ID=49370141

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201510102395.0A Expired - Fee Related CN104723691B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system
CN201280003040.0A Expired - Fee Related CN103370203B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system
CN201310331964.XA Expired - Fee Related CN103481666B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system
CN201610630627.4A Active CN106240160B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201510102395.0A Expired - Fee Related CN104723691B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201310331964.XA Expired - Fee Related CN103481666B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system
CN201610630627.4A Active CN106240160B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system

Country Status (22)

Country Link
EP (3) EP2802459B1 (en)
KR (2) KR101913890B1 (en)
CN (4) CN104723691B (en)
AR (1) AR089713A1 (en)
AU (2) AU2012367439B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112013006690A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2806705C (en)
CL (1) CL2014000624A1 (en)
DE (1) DE202013000268U1 (en)
ES (3) ES2741317T3 (en)
GB (1) GB2499105B (en)
HK (2) HK1187307A1 (en)
IL (1) IL231002A0 (en)
IT (1) ITTO20130019A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2013003348A (en)
PE (1) PE20141866A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2614960T3 (en)
RU (1) RU2604791C2 (en)
SG (3) SG10201505419YA (en)
TW (2) TWI637859B (en)
WO (1) WO2013105195A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201401028B (en)

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ITTO20130195A1 (en) * 2013-03-12 2013-06-11 Fameccanica Data Spa METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS APPLICATION BY QUANTITY OF CONTROLLED GRANULES OF ABSORBENT MATERIAL
JP6232932B2 (en) 2013-10-31 2017-11-22 ブラザー工業株式会社 Roll mechanism with shaft, tape cartridge
JP6528564B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2019-06-12 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Liquid supply unit
JP6202052B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2017-09-27 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Liquid supply unit
EP3064359A1 (en) * 2015-03-06 2016-09-07 Pelikan Hardcopy Production AG Printing material container or adapter for a printing material container
JP2016187877A (en) * 2015-03-30 2016-11-04 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Cartridge and liquid jetting system
CN205044309U (en) * 2015-08-24 2016-02-24 珠海纳思达企业管理有限公司 Ink horn that fastening is decided ink horn and is connected with ink horn portion of keeping
CN106739531B (en) * 2017-01-11 2019-03-12 珠海欣威科技有限公司 The print cartridge positioned by lever
DE102017102529B4 (en) 2017-02-09 2020-07-16 Canon Production Printing Holding B.V. Inkjet printer
CN109591458B (en) * 2018-11-28 2020-07-24 郑州新世纪数码科技股份有限公司 Ink tube flat cable fixing device
JP7275604B2 (en) * 2019-01-31 2023-05-18 株式会社リコー Mobile object, equipment for ejecting liquid
CN110027324A (en) 2019-05-06 2019-07-19 珠海艾派克微电子有限公司 Nozzle print cartridge, inkjet component and circuit substrate
CN110515286A (en) * 2019-08-27 2019-11-29 珠海天威飞马打印耗材有限公司 Developer replenishing container

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5646665A (en) * 1993-04-30 1997-07-08 Hewlett-Packard Company Side biased datum scheme for inkjet cartridge and carriage
CN1347806A (en) * 2000-10-11 2002-05-08 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink box and ink jet printing machine
EP1547783A2 (en) * 2003-12-26 2005-06-29 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Liquid container

Family Cites Families (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4907018A (en) * 1988-11-21 1990-03-06 Hewlett-Packard Company Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism
CA1304983C (en) * 1987-10-23 1992-07-14 David W. Pinkernell Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism
JP3582592B2 (en) 2001-04-03 2004-10-27 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Ink cartridge and inkjet recording device
EP0885729B1 (en) * 1994-08-24 2002-04-17 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Ink container for ink jet printer, holder for the container, carriage for the holder and ink jet printer
US6074042A (en) 1997-06-04 2000-06-13 Hewlett-Packard Company Ink container having a guide feature for insuring reliable fluid, air and electrical connections to a printing system
ES2282559T5 (en) 1998-05-18 2015-03-16 Seiko Epson Corporation Inkjet device and ink cartridge
KR100375690B1 (en) * 1999-11-16 2003-03-17 주식회사 잉크테크 Appliance for fixing ink cartridge
TW541247B (en) * 2000-01-31 2003-07-11 Hewlett Packard Co Latch and handle arrangement for a replaceable ink container
US6276780B1 (en) * 2000-06-19 2001-08-21 Xerox Corporation Fail-safe ink tank latching system
CN1899833A (en) * 2000-10-11 2007-01-24 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink cartridge and inkjet printer
US6644780B2 (en) * 2001-03-24 2003-11-11 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Carriage with clamping device for reliable mounting of printheads
JP3783585B2 (en) 2001-07-13 2006-06-07 ブラザー工業株式会社 Ink cartridge and ink jet recording apparatus
JP2003053999A (en) 2001-08-22 2003-02-26 Brother Ind Ltd Imaging apparatus
CA2379725C (en) 2001-04-03 2007-06-12 Seiko Epson Corporation Ink cartridge
JP2004122487A (en) 2002-09-30 2004-04-22 Canon Inc Liquid tank and tank holder, head cartridge, recorder, method for mounting/demounting tank
DE60314776T2 (en) * 2002-11-26 2008-04-10 Seiko Epson Corp. Ink cartridge and identification element
JP3624950B2 (en) * 2002-11-26 2005-03-02 セイコーエプソン株式会社 ink cartridge
CN2589199Y (en) * 2002-12-27 2003-12-03 嘉兴天马打印机耗材有限公司 Cartridge filling supporting structure
US7384124B2 (en) 2003-01-17 2008-06-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Carriage for ink cartridge of image forming apparatus
JP2005131927A (en) 2003-10-30 2005-05-26 Seiko Epson Corp Liquid jetting apparatus and its liquid container
MXPA04012681A (en) * 2003-12-26 2005-07-01 Canon Kk Liquid container and liquid supplying system.
JP4058434B2 (en) * 2003-12-26 2008-03-12 キヤノン株式会社 Ink storage container, method for manufacturing the same, and printer system
US7384116B2 (en) * 2004-10-20 2008-06-10 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Liquid container and ink jet printing apparatus
JP4613667B2 (en) * 2005-03-31 2011-01-19 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Liquid detection device, liquid container, and manufacturing method of liquid detection device
JP4144637B2 (en) * 2005-12-26 2008-09-03 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Printing material container, substrate, printing apparatus, and method for preparing printing material container
DE102006036716B3 (en) * 2006-06-02 2007-09-27 Artech Gmbh Design + Production In Plastic Printer e.g. inkjet printer, retrofitting device, has cartridge retaining device to retain replaceable original ink cartridges, and locking pin to lock fastener in fastening position when insert-ink cartridge is attached in retaining device
JP5288743B2 (en) * 2006-08-23 2013-09-11 キヤノン株式会社 Ink tank and ink jet recording apparatus
DE102008009460A1 (en) * 2008-02-15 2009-08-20 Pelikan Hardcopy Production Ag Ink cartridge with printed circuit board element
US8091993B2 (en) * 2008-05-22 2012-01-10 Videojet Technologies Inc. Ink containment system and ink level sensing system for an inkjet cartridge
JP2012001395A (en) 2010-06-17 2012-01-05 Shimizu Corp High-strength concrete
JP5573402B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-08-20 株式会社リコー CONFERENCE SUPPORT DEVICE, CONFERENCE SUPPORT METHOD, CONFERENCE SUPPORT PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM
JP5465105B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-04-09 三菱電機株式会社 Computer system, computer program, and pipeline processing method
JP5585235B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-09-10 富士通株式会社 Storage control device, storage control method, storage system
JP5442541B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-03-12 日本電信電話株式会社 WEB information acquisition method and apparatus
JP5569475B2 (en) * 2010-09-03 2014-08-13 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Liquid container and liquid ejecting apparatus
JP5720148B2 (en) * 2010-09-03 2015-05-20 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Printing material cartridge and printing material supply system
JP2012189836A (en) 2011-03-11 2012-10-04 Canon Inc Projection device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5646665A (en) * 1993-04-30 1997-07-08 Hewlett-Packard Company Side biased datum scheme for inkjet cartridge and carriage
CN1347806A (en) * 2000-10-11 2002-05-08 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink box and ink jet printing machine
EP1547783A2 (en) * 2003-12-26 2005-06-29 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Liquid container

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ES2543792T3 (en) 2015-08-21
SG2014008221A (en) 2014-03-28
CL2014000624A1 (en) 2014-12-05
MX2013003348A (en) 2013-08-26
EP2653316B1 (en) 2015-05-06
CN104723691A (en) 2015-06-24
KR20140102176A (en) 2014-08-21
EP2614960A1 (en) 2013-07-17
SG10201505419YA (en) 2015-08-28
EP2614960B1 (en) 2014-12-03
BR112013006690A2 (en) 2016-06-07
CA2806705A1 (en) 2013-07-12
ZA201401028B (en) 2016-01-27
ES2741317T3 (en) 2020-02-10
DE202013000268U1 (en) 2013-04-24
EP2802459A1 (en) 2014-11-19
CN106240160B (en) 2018-04-03
HK1187863A1 (en) 2014-04-17
CN104723691B (en) 2017-05-03
KR101560068B1 (en) 2015-10-13
AU2013202147B8 (en) 2016-12-15
AU2013202147A1 (en) 2013-08-01
KR101913890B1 (en) 2018-10-31
CA2806705C (en) 2016-02-23
PL2614960T3 (en) 2015-04-30
ES2531151T3 (en) 2015-03-11
AU2012367439A1 (en) 2013-08-22
SG10201710233UA (en) 2018-01-30
TWI637859B (en) 2018-10-11
IL231002A0 (en) 2014-03-31
EP2653316A1 (en) 2013-10-23
ITTO20130019A1 (en) 2013-07-13
CN103481666B (en) 2015-06-17
EP2802459B1 (en) 2019-07-17
TW201345737A (en) 2013-11-16
AR089713A1 (en) 2014-09-10
GB2499105B (en) 2014-09-17
TW201720667A (en) 2017-06-16
RU2604791C2 (en) 2016-12-10
WO2013105195A1 (en) 2013-07-18
GB2499105A (en) 2013-08-07
AU2012367439B2 (en) 2015-02-05
TWI566954B (en) 2017-01-21
KR20130114099A (en) 2013-10-16
CN103481666A (en) 2014-01-01
CN106240160A (en) 2016-12-21
GB201300618D0 (en) 2013-02-27
AU2013202147B2 (en) 2016-11-17
NZ620415A (en) 2016-03-31
HK1187307A1 (en) 2014-04-04
RU2013112679A (en) 2016-03-10
PE20141866A1 (en) 2014-12-24
CN103370203A (en) 2013-10-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN103370203B (en) Box and printing material supply system
US9039154B2 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
JP6443480B2 (en) cartridge
US8297739B1 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
US9039153B2 (en) Printing apparatus and printing material supply system
US20140152746A1 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
CA2915590C (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
NZ731781A (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
NZ620415B2 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
JP2013163374A (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20160831

Termination date: 20211226

CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee